JP2009108067A - 3- [2- (3-Acylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -acetylamino] -4-oxo-pentanoic acid derivatives and their use as caspase inhibitors - Google Patents

Abstract

【選択図】なしDisclosed are compounds that inhibit caspases that cause cell apoptosis and inflammation, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof.
A compound of formula (I) wherein R ¹ , R ² , R ³ , R ⁴ , and R ⁵ represent specific substituents. In addition, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using such compositions to treat caspase-mediated diseases, as well as processes for preparing these compounds are also provided. It is in the field of medicinal chemistry and relates to compounds and their pharmaceutical compositions that inhibit caspases leading to cellular apoptosis and inflammation.

[Selection figure] None

Description

(Field of Invention)
The present invention is in the field of medicinal chemistry and relates to compounds and their pharmaceutical compositions that inhibit caspases leading to cellular apoptosis and inflammation. The invention also relates to processes for preparing these compounds. The present invention further relates to methods of use of the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention to treat diseases involving caspases.

(Background of the Invention)
Apoptosis, or programmed cell death, is the main mechanism by which an organism removes unwanted cells. The deregulation of apoptosis, whether it is excessive or incapable of undergoing apoptosis, has many diseases (eg, cancer, acute inflammatory and autoimmune disorders, ischemic diseases and certain nerves). (General non-patent document 1; see non-patent document 2).

  Caspases are a family of cysteine protease enzymes that are important transmitters in signal transduction pathways for apoptosis and cell degradation (Non-Patent Document 3). Although the pathways of these signals vary depending on the cell type and stimulation, all apoptotic pathways appear to concentrate on a common effector pathway and cause proteolysis of important proteins. Caspases are involved in both the effector phase of the signal transduction pathway and further upstream at the start. Upstream caspases involved in the initiation event are activated and, in turn, activate other caspases involved in the late phase of apoptosis.

  Caspase-1, the first immobilized caspase, is also known as interleukin converting enzyme or “ICE”. Caspase-1 converts the precursor interleukin-1β (“pIL-1β”) to a pro-inflammatory active form by specific cleavage between Asp-116 and Ala-117 of pIL-1β. In addition to caspase-1, there are 11 other known human caspases, all of which specifically cleave at aspartyl residues. They were also observed to strictly require that there are at least four amino acid residues N-terminal to the cleavage site.

  The caspases are divided into three groups depending on the preferred or predominantly recognized amino acid sequence. A group of caspases including caspases 1, 4, 5, and 13 has been shown to prefer a hydrophobic aromatic amino acid at position 4 on the N-terminal side of the cleavage site. Another group comprising caspases 2, 3, and 7 recognizes both the 1st and 4th aspartyl residues on the N-terminal side of the cleavage site and preferably recognizes the sequence Asp-Glu-X-Asp To do. The third group, including caspases 6, 8, 9, and 10, is resistant to many amino acids in the main recognition sequence, but has branched aliphatic side chains (eg, valine and leucine) at position 4. It seems to prefer a residue that has.

  This caspase is also classified by their known function. The first subfamily consists of caspase-1 (ICE), 4, 5 and 13. These caspases have been shown to be involved in the processing of pro-inflammatory cytokines and therefore play an important role in inflammation. Caspase-1, the most studied enzyme within this class, activates the IL-1β precursor by proteolytic cleavage. This enzyme therefore plays an important role in the inflammatory response. Caspase-1 is also involved in the processing of interferon-gamma inducing factor (IGIF, also known as IL-18), which is an important immune regulator that regulates antigen presentation, T cell activation and cell adhesion Stimulates the production of interferon γ.

  The remaining caspases constitute the second and third subfamilies. These enzymes are centrally important in the intracellular signaling pathway leading to apoptosis. One subfamily consists of enzymes involved in initiating events within the apoptotic pathway, including signal transduction from the plasma membrane. Members of this subfamily include caspase-2, 8, 9 and 10. Another subfamily consisting of effector caspases 3, 6 and 7 is involved in the final downstream cleavage event that causes systemic destruction and death of cells by apoptosis. The caspases involved in upstream signaling activate the downstream caspases, which then disable the DNA repair mechanism, fragment the DNA, degrade the cytoskeleton of the cell, and ultimately the cell Fragment.

Knowledge about the 4 amino acid sequences recognized primarily by these caspases was used to design caspase inhibitors. Are reversible tetrapeptide inhibitor preparation, which is _{CH 3 CO- [P4] - [} P3] - [P2] has the structure _{-CH (R) CH 2 CO 2} H, where, P2 to P4 represents the optimal amino acid recognition sequence and R is an aldehyde, nitrile or ketone capable of binding to the caspase cysteine sulfhydryl. Non-patent document 4; Non-patent document 5; Non-patent document 6. Irreversible inhibitors based on similar tetrapeptide recognition sequences were prepared.

  The usefulness of caspase inhibitors for treating various mammalian disease states associated with increased cellular apoptosis has been demonstrated using peptidic caspase inhibitors. For example, in rodent models, caspase inhibitors reduce infarct size, inhibit cardiomyocyte apoptosis after myocardial infarction, reduce the amount of damage and neurological deficits caused by stroke, It has been shown to reduce post-traumatic apoptosis and neurological deficits in brain injury, to be effective in treating fulminant liver destruction, and to improve survival after endotoxic shock. Non-patent document 7; Non-patent document 8; Non-patent document 9; Non-patent document 10; Non-patent document 11;

  In general, the peptidic inhibitors mentioned above are very potent against several caspase enzymes. However, this potency is not always reflected within cell models of apoptosis. In addition, peptide inhibitors are typically characterized by undesirable pharmacological properties such as poor oral absorption, low stability and rapid metabolism. Non-patent document 13.

Recognizing the need to improve the pharmacological properties of peptidic caspase inhibitors, peptidomimetic inhibitors have been reported. Among these, an inhibitor in which the P3 amino acid is replaced by derivatives of 3-aminopyridin-2-one and 5-aminopyrimidin-4-one has been reported (Patent Document 1 (Bemis et al.); Patent Document 2) (Bemis et al.); Non-Patent Document 14; Non-Patent Document 15; Non-Patent Document 16).
US Pat. No. 5,756,466 International Publication No. 95/35308 Pamphlet Science, 1998, 281, 1283-1131. Ellis et al., Ann. Rev. Cell. Biol. 1991, 7, 663 Thornberry, Chem. Biol. 1998, 5, R97-R103 Rano and Thornbury, Chem. Biol. 4, 149-155 (1997) Mjalli et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 3, 2689-2692 (1993) Nicholson et al., Nature 376, 37-43 (1995) Yaoita et al., Circulation, 97, 276 (1998) Endres et al., J Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism, 18, 238, (1998). Cheng et al. Clin. Invest. 101, 1992 (1998) Yakovlev et al., J Neuroscience, 17, 7415 (1997). Rodriquez et al., J. MoI. Exp. Med. , 184, 2067 (1996) Grobmyer et al., Mol. Med. 5, 585 (1999) Plattner and Norbek, Drug Discovery Technologies, Clark and Moos, (Ellis Horwood, Chichester, England, 1990) Dolle et al. Med. Chem. 39, 2438, (1996) Golec et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 7, 2181, (1997) Sample et al., Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 7, 1337, (1997)

  The inherent problems of this peptidic inhibitor continue to be a need for small molecule non-peptidic caspase inhibitors that are both strong and stable and provide effective inhibition of apoptosis through membranes in vivo. . Such compounds are very useful for treating the aforementioned diseases where caspase enzymes play a role.

(Summary of the Invention)
The present invention provides compounds of formula I:

の化合物を提供し、ここで：Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、Ｒ^４，およびＲ^５は本明細書中で定義するとおりである。

Wherein R ¹ , R ² , R ³ , R ⁴ , and R ⁵ are as defined herein.

  The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula I, and methods of using such compounds and compositions for treating caspase-mediated diseases. The present invention also provides a process for preparing compounds of formula I.

(Detailed description of the invention)
The present invention provides compounds of formula I:

ここで：
Ｒ^１は、Ｒ^６Ｃ（Ｏ）−、ＨＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ^６ＳＯ_２−、Ｒ^６ＯＣ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ^６）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ^６）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ^６Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ^６）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ^６）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、もしくはＲ^６ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−であり；
Ｒ^２は、水素、−ＣＦ_３、ハロ、−ＯＲ^７、−ＮＯ_２、−ＯＣＦ_３、−ＣＮ、もしくはＲ^８であり；
Ｒ^３は、−Ｔ−Ｒ^９であり；
Ｒ^４は、−ＣＯＯＨもしくは−ＣＯＯＲ^８であり；
Ｒ^５は、−ＣＨ_２Ｆもしくは−ＣＨ_２Ｏ−２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェニルであり；
Ｒ^６は、Ｒ^６ａもしくはＲ^６ｂであり；２つのＲ^６基が、これらが結合している同じ原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し；ここで、この環は、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ^７）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ_２から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＲ^６は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって独立して置換され；
Ｒ^６ａおよびＲ^６ｂは、それぞれ独立して
（Ｃ１−Ｃ３）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ４−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり；
Ｒは、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ^７、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−ＮＯ_２、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ_３、−ＯＣＦ_３、−Ｒ^７、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ^７、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ^７）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−ＳＲ^７、−ＳＯＲ^７、−ＳＯ_２Ｒ^７、−ＳＯ_２Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−ＳＯ_３Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^７、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−（ＣＨ_２）_０−２ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）ＣＯＲ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）ＳＯ_２Ｒ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）ＳＯ_２Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ^７）ＣＯＲ^７、−Ｎ（ＯＲ^７）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ^７）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ^７）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ^７）Ｒ^７、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ^７）_２、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ^７）_２もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ^７）であり；
２つのＲ^７基が、これらが結合している原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し、この環は、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ^７）、Ｏ、Ｓ、ＳＯ、もしくはＳＯ_２から独立して選択される３つまでのヘテロ原子を有し、ここで、この環は、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、いずれの環もＪ_２から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有するか；あるいは
それぞれのＲ^７は：
水素−、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−から独立して選択され；ここで、Ｒ^７は、Ｊ_２から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有し；
Ｊ_２は、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ^７、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−ＮＯ_２、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ_３、−ＯＣＦ_３、−Ｒ^７、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ^７、＝ＮＯＲ^７、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−ＳＲ^７、−ＳＯＲ^７、−ＳＯ_２Ｒ^７、−ＳＯ_２Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−ＳＯ_３Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ_２Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^７、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−（ＣＨ_２）_０−２ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）ＣＯＲ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）ＳＯ_２Ｒ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）ＳＯ_２Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ^７、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｎ（Ｒ^７）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ^７）ＣＯＲ^７、−Ｎ（ＯＲ^７）Ｒ^７、−ＣＮ、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ^７）Ｎ（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ^７）Ｒ^７、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ^７）Ｒ^７、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ^７）_２、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ^７）_２、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ^７）_２もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ^７）であり；
Ｒ^８は、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ^７）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ_２から選択される基によって置換され得、ここで、Ｒ^８は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換される。

here:
R ¹ is R ⁶ C (O) —, HC (O) —, R ⁶ SO ₂ —, R ⁶ OC (O) —, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) —, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) C (O)-, Or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O) —;
R ² is hydrogen, —CF ₃ , halo, —OR ⁷ , —NO ₂ , —OCF ₃ , —CN, or R ⁸ ;
R ³ is —T—R ⁹ ;
R ⁴ is —COOH or —COOR ⁸ ;
R ⁵ is —CH ₂ F or —CH ₂ O-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl;
R ⁶ is R ^6a or R ^6b ; two R ⁶ groups together with the same atom to which they are attached optionally form a 3-10 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring Wherein the ring is optionally fused to (C6-C10) aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) heterocyclyl; Wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms may be substituted by a group selected from O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ ; wherein each R ⁶ is from R Independently substituted with up to six independently selected substituents;
R ^6a and R ^6b are each independently (C1-C3) -aliphatic-,
(C4-C12) -aliphatic-
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-;
R is _{^{halogen, -OR 7, -OC (O)}} N (R 7) 2, -NO 2, -CN, -CF 3, -OCF 3, -R 7, oxo, thioxo, = ^NR 7, = N ^(OR 7), 1,2-methylenedioxy, _{^{1,2-ethylenedioxy, -N (R 7) 2,}} -SR 7, -SOR 7, -SO 2 R 7, -SO 2 N (R 7 ) ₂ , —SO ₃ R ⁷ , —C (O) R ⁷ , —C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , —C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , —C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , —C (S) R ⁷ , —C (S) OR ⁷ , —C (O) OR ⁷ , —OC (O) R ⁷ , —C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , — (CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O ^{) R 7, -N (R 7} ) N (R ^{) COR 7, -N (R 7} ) N (R 7) C (O) OR 7, -N (R 7) N (R 7) CON (R 7) 2, -N (R 7) SO 2 R 7 _{^{, -N (R 7) SO 2}} N (R 7) 2, -N (R 7) C (O) OR 7, -N (R 7) C (O) R 7, -N (R 7) C ( _{^{S) R 7, -N (R}} 7) C (O) N (R 7) 2, -N (R 7) C (S) N (R 7) 2, -N (COR 7) COR 7, -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) ( oR ⁷⁾ _2, be _{^{-P (O) (R 7)}} 2, -P (O) (oR 7) 2 or -P (O) (H) ( oR 7);
Two R ⁷ groups, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring as appropriate, which ring is N, N (R ^7), O, a S, SO, or a heteroatom from SO ₂ to be 3, which is selected independently, wherein the ring, (C6-C10) aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl , (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) condensed as necessary heterocyclyl; or having a substituent of up to three independently selected from wherein any ring _{J 2;} Or each R ⁷ :
Hydrogen-
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C6-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
Independently selected from (C5-C10) -heteroaryl-, or (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic; wherein R ⁷ is independently selected from J ₂ Having up to three substituents;
J ₂ is _{^{halogen, -OR 7, -OC (O)}} N (R 7) 2, -NO 2, -CN, -CF 3, -OCF 3, -R 7, oxo, thioxo, = ^NR 7, = NOR ^7, 1,2-methylenedioxy, _{^{1,2-ethylenedioxy, -N (R 7) 2,}} -SR 7, -SOR 7, -SO 2 R 7, -SO 2 N (R 7) 2 _{^{, -SO 3 R 7, -C (}} O) R 7, -C (O) C (O) R 7, -C (O) C (O) OR 7, -C (O) C (O) N ( _{^{R 7) 2, -C (O}} ) CH 2 C (O) R 7, -C (S) R 7, -C (S) OR 7, -C (O) OR 7, -OC (O) R 7 _{^{, -C (O) N (R}} 7) 2, -OC (O) N (R 7) 2, -C (S) N (R 7) 2, - (CH 2) 0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , —N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , —N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ^{7 _{, -N (R 7) SO 2}} N (R 7) 2, -N (R 7) C (O) OR 7, -N (R 7) C (O) R 7, -N (R 7) C ( _{^{S) R 7, -N (R}} 7) C (O) N (R 7) 2, -N (R 7) C (S) N (R 7) 2, -N (COR 7) COR 7, -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -CN, -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP ( O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , —P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ or —P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
R ⁸ is
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic, or (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms Can be substituted by a group selected from O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ , wherein R ⁸ is up to 6 substituents independently selected from R Is replaced as necessary.

T is a direct bond or (C1-C6) aliphatic, wherein the aliphatic carbon atoms of up to 2 in T is a chemically stable arrangement, S, -SO-, _SO 2, Can be optionally substituted by O, N (R ⁷ ), or N; wherein each T can be optionally substituted by up to three R substituents;
R ⁹ is optionally substituted (C 6 -C 10) -aryl or (C 5 -C 10) -heteroaryl.

According to one embodiment of the present invention, R ¹ is R ⁶ C (O) —, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) —, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) —, (R ⁶ ). ₂ NC (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) C (O)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O)-. In some embodiments, R ⁶ is R ^6a . In other embodiments, R ⁶ is R ^6b .

According to another embodiment, R ¹ is HC (O) —, R ⁶ SO ₂ —, R ⁶ OC (O) —, or (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) —. In some embodiments, R ⁶ is R ^6a . In other embodiments, R ⁶ is R ^6b .

According to another embodiment, R ¹ is R ⁶ C (O) — or R ⁶ SO ₂ —. In another embodiment, R ¹ is R ⁶ C (O) —. In another embodiment, R ¹ is R ⁶ SO ₂ —.

According to another embodiment of the present invention, R ¹ is (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) —, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) —, or (R ⁶ ) OC (O) —. is there. In a preferred embodiment, R ¹ is (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) —. In another preferred embodiment, R ¹ is (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) —. In another still preferred embodiment, R ¹ is (R ⁶ ) OC (O) —.

According to one embodiment of the present invention, R ⁶ is R ^6a . According to another embodiment, R ⁶ is R ^6b . According to a third embodiment, R ⁶ is R ^6a or R ^6b .

In one embodiment of the invention,
R ^6a is
(C4-C12) -aliphatic-
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, or two R ^6a groups, together with the atoms to which they are attached, a 3-10 membered aromatic ring Or optionally forming a non-aromatic ring; where the ring is (C6-C10) aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) heterocyclyl. Wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms can be substituted by a group selected from O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ ; , R ^6a is substituted by up to six substituents independently selected from R; R ^6b is R ^6a or (C1-C3) -aliphatic-.

In another embodiment of this invention ^R6a is:
(C1-C4) -aliphatic,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl,
(C6-C10) -aryl-, or (C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic (optionally up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ) , S, sO, and sO ₂ is being been obtained substituted by a group selected from: wherein, R ^6a is either optionally substituted with substituted with up to six independently selected from R; or R ^6a is understood to be substituted as disclosed in any of the embodiments herein).

In another embodiment, each R ^6a is independently (C4) -aliphatic,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl,
(C6-C10) -aryl-, or (C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic (optionally up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ) , S, sO, and sO ₂ is being been obtained substituted by a group selected from: wherein, R ^6a is either optionally substituted with substituted with up to six independently selected from R; or R ^6a is understood to be substituted as disclosed in any of the embodiments herein).

In one embodiment, each R ^6a is independently (C4) -aliphatic-, (C3-C7) -alicyclic, (C6-C10) -aryl-, or (C5-C10) -hetero. Where the heteroaryl and aryl are independently and optionally substituted, or each R ^6a together with the N atom to which it is attached, (C3- C7) -alicyclic.

According to another embodiment, each R ^6a is independently (C3-C7) -alicyclic, (C6-C10) -aryl-, or (C5-C10) -heteroaryl, wherein The heteroaryl and aryl are independently and optionally substituted, or each R ^{6a taken} together with the N atom to which it is attached, (C3-C7) -alicyclic. It is.

In another embodiment, each R ^6a is independently (C4) -aliphatic, (C5-C10) -heteroaryl-, or (C6-C10) -aryl-; wherein the heteroaryl Or aryl is optionally substituted, or two R ^6a groups together with the N atom to which they are attached form a (C3-C7) -alicyclic group;
In preferred embodiments, each R ^6a is independently (C5-C10) -heteroaryl or (C6-C10) -aryl-.

In another embodiment, each R ^6a is independently H, (C4) -aliphatic, or (C6-C10) -aryl-; in a preferred embodiment, each R ^6a is (C6- Or each R ^6a , together with the N atom to which it is attached, is (C 3 -C 7) -alicyclic.

In another embodiment, each R ^6a is independently (C4) -aliphatic, or (C6-C10) -aryl-, wherein the aryl is optionally substituted, or Two R ⁶ groups together with the N atom to which they are attached form a (C 3 -C 7) -alicyclic; in another embodiment, each R ^6a is independently (C 6- C10) -aryl-.

According to certain embodiments, each R ^6b is independently R ^6a or (C1-C3) -aliphatic.

According to one embodiment of the present invention, ^{R 2} is hydrogen, C1-, C2-, C3-, or C4- alkyl ^{_{-, - CF 3, -Cl,}} -OR 7, -NO 2, -OCF 3 Or -CN. More preferably, R ² is hydrogen, C ¹ -alkyl-, C ² -alkyl-, or CF ₃ . More preferably, R ² is hydrogen or CF ₃ .

According to one embodiment, T is (C1-C4) aliphatic, wherein up to 1 aliphatic carbon atom is selected from O, N, N (R ⁷ ), and S. It can be substituted by a group.

According to another embodiment, T is (C1-C4) aliphatic, wherein the zero aliphatic carbon atoms are selected from O, N, N (R ⁷ ), and S. Is replaced by

In yet another embodiment, T is a direct _{bond, -CH 2 -, - CH (} Me) -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -O-CH 2 -, - CH (Me) -O —CH ₂ — or —CH ₂ —CH ₂ —O—CH ₂ —.

In one embodiment, T is —CH ₂ — or —CH ₂ —CH ₂ —; in another embodiment, T is —CH ₂ —.

According to another embodiment, R ⁹ is optionally substituted C6-aryl or C5-heteroaryl.

According to one embodiment, R ⁹ is substituted phenyl. Examples of preferred phenyl substituents for R ⁹ include halogen, —OR ⁷ , —NO ₂ , —CF ₃ , —OCF ₃ , —R ⁷ , —O-benzyl, —O-phenyl, 1,2-methylenedi. Oxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —C (O) R ⁷ , —COOR ⁷ and —CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , where R ⁷ is as defined above. As you did.

According to another embodiment, R ⁹ is unsubstituted phenyl.

According to one embodiment, R ⁵ is —CH ₂ O-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl.

According to another embodiment, R ⁵ is —CH ₂ F.

According to another embodiment, R ⁸ is (C 1 -C 12) -alkyl. More preferably, R ⁸ is (C1-C4) -alkyl.

According to a preferred embodiment, each R and J ₂ is independently halogen, —OR ⁷ , —OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —NO ₂ , —CN, —CF ₃ , —OCF _3. , -R ^7, oxo, 1,2-methylenedioxy, ^{_{1,2-ethylenedioxy, -N (R 7) 2,}} -C (O) R 7, -C (O) C (O) R 7 ^{, -C (O) oR 7,} -OC (O) R 7, -C (O) N (R 7) 2, or a ^{-OC (O) N (R 7} ) 2.

  As used herein, a carbon atom name may have the indicated integer and an integer between 1 and any. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the (C1-C4) -alkyl group is 1, 2, 3, or 4. It should be understood that these names indicate the total number of atoms in the appropriate group. For example, in (C3-C10) -heterocyclyl, the total number of carbon atoms and heteroatoms is 3 (eg, aziridine), 4, 5, 6 (eg, morpholine), 7, 8, 9, or 10.

  As used herein, an aliphatic group includes straight chain and branched groups having the specified number of atoms. If the number of atoms is not specified, the aliphatic group has 1 to 12 carbon atoms. As will be appreciated, alkenyl aliphatic groups and / or alkynyl aliphatic groups have a minimum of two carbon atoms. Preferred aliphatic groups are alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 6 atoms).

  Accordingly, unless otherwise specified, preferred aliphatic groups of the present invention are alkyl groups and have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms. More preferred alkyl groups have 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms. Preferred alkenyl and alkynyl groups of the present invention have 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably have 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms.

  Cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl groups have between 3 and 10 carbon atoms, and these can be monocyclic or bicyclic, including linear fused, bridged, or spiro rings. is there. The alicyclic group is preferably cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl. More preferred alicyclic groups are 3-membered, 4-membered, 5-membered, 6-membered or 7-membered rings, that is, more preferably cycloalkyl rings.

  As used herein, “aromatic group” or “aryl” refers to a 6-10 membered ring system containing at least one aromatic ring. Examples of aromatic rings include phenyl and naphthyl.

As used herein, “heteroaryl” is one having 5 to 10 members and independently selected from N, N (R ⁷ ), O, S, SO, and SO _2. Denote ring systems having 2 or 3 heteroatoms, wherein at least one ring is a heteroaromatic ring (eg, pyridyl, thiophene, or thiazole). Preferred heteroaryl groups are 5- or 6-membered rings having 1 or 2 heteroatoms. In certain embodiments of the invention, more preferred heteroaryl groups are those that contain a “═N” group.

  Examples of heteroaryl rings include 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-oxazolyl 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl (eg 3 -Pyridazinyl), 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, tetrazolyl (eg 5-tetrazolyl), triazolyl (eg 2-triazolyl and 5-triazolyl), 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, benzofuryl, benzothiol Phenyl, Drill (eg 2-indolyl), pyrazolyl (eg 2-pyrazolyl), isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3- Triazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, purinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, quinolinyl (eg, 2-quinolinyl, 3 -Quinolinyl, 4-quinolinyl), and isoquinolinyl (eg, 1-isoquinolinyl, 3-isoquinolinyl, or 4-isoquinolinyl).

As used herein, a “heterocycle” is one having 3 to 10 members and independently selected from N, N (R ⁷ ), O, S, SO, and SO _2. Indicates a ring system (eg piperidine and morpholine) having 2 or 3 heteroatoms, where none of the rings are aromatic. Preferred heterocyclyl groups are 5-membered or 6-membered rings having 1 or 2 heteroatoms.

  Examples of heterocyclic rings include 3-1H-benzimidazol-2-one, 3- (1-alkyl) -benzimidazol-2-one, 2-tetrahydrofuranyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-tetrahydrothiophenyl 3-tetrahydrothiophenyl, 2-morpholino, 3-morpholino, 4-morpholino, 2-thiomorpholino, 3-thiomorpholino, 4-thiomorpholino, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl, 3-pyrrolidinyl, 1-tetrahydropipe Razinyl, 2-tetrahydropiperazinyl, 3-tetrahydropiperazinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 1-pyrazolinyl, 3-pyrazolinyl, 4-pyrazolinyl (4-pyrazol nyl), 5-pyrazolinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-piperidinyl, 2-thiazolidinyl, 3-thiazolidinyl, 4-thiazolidinyl, 1-imidazolidinyl, 2-imidazolidinyl, 4- Examples include imidazolidinyl, 5-imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, benzothiolane, benzodithiane, and 1,3-dihydro-imidazol-2-one.

Any of these alicyclic groups, heterocyclyl groups, and heteroaryl groups are condensed with a 5-membered or 6-membered aryl ring or heteroaryl ring as necessary. Furthermore, each of the optional aliphatic, aryl, alicyclic, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is suitably substituted, preferably independently selected from, for example, carbonyl and R (preferably up to 5, more preferably 3 Up to and even more preferably 0 or 1). Preferred substituents (including R and J ₂ ) are halogen, —OR ⁷ , —NO ₂ , —CF ₃ , —OCF ₃ , —R ⁷ , oxo, —OR ⁷ , —O-benzyl, —O-phenyl. , 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —C (O) R ⁷ , —COOR ⁷ or —CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , wherein , R ⁷ is as defined herein (and is preferably H, (C1-C6) -alkyl, or (C2-C6) -alkenyl and alkynyl, (C1-C6)- Alkyl is most preferred). This definition should be understood to include perfluorinated alkyl groups.

R is a substituent on a nitrogen atom, in an embodiment of the present invention, preferred R _{^{groups, -R 7, -SOR 7, -SO}} 2 R 7, -SO 2 N (R 7) 2, -SO 3 R ⁷ , —C (O) R ⁷ , —C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , —C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , —C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , _{^{-C (O) CH 2 C (}} O) R 7, -C (S) R 7, -C (S) OR 7, -C (O) OR 7, -C (O) N (R 7) 2, _{^{-C (S) N (R 7}} ) 2, - (CH 2) 0-2 NHC (O) R 7, -N (R 7) N (R 7) COR 7, -N (R 7) N (R ^{7) C (O) OR 7} , -N (R 7) N (R 7) CON (R 7) 2, -N (R 7) SO 2 R 7, -N (R 7) SO 2 N (R 7 ^{_{) 2, -N (R 7)}} C (O) OR 7, - ^{(R 7) C (O)} R 7, -N (R 7) C (S) R 7, -N (R 7) C (O) N (R 7) 2, -N (R 7) C (S ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , —N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , —C (═NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , —C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) ^{R 7, -C (= NOR 7} ) R 7, -OP (O) (oR 7) 2, -P (O) (R 7) 2, -P (O) (oR 7) 2, and -P ( Selected from the group consisting of O) (H) (OR ⁷ ), wherein R ⁷ is as defined herein (and preferably H, (C 1 -C 6) -alkyl, or (C2-C6) -alkenyl and alkynyl, with (C1-C6) -alkyl being most preferred). More preferably, such R groups are selected from the group consisting of —R ⁷ and —C (O) R ⁷ .

As with small molecule non-peptidic caspase inhibitors, it should be understood that the compounds of the present invention have a reasonable number of substituents, especially in variables that are themselves substituents. Therefore, group the first R ⁷ is, if it contains J ₂ substituent containing a second R ⁷ groups, the second R ⁷ groups, preferably not substituted with another J ₂ groups.

  In preferred compounds of the invention, the stereochemistry is as shown below:

。

.

  Any of the embodiments disclosed herein can be combined to provide alternative embodiments of the invention. Particular embodiments of the present invention may be selected from the substituents listed within the compounds of Table 1.

  The compounds of the present invention are broad caspase inhibitors and have improved apoptosis inhibitory activity over the reported compounds.

  According to one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula Ia or formula Ib:

。

.

  According to another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula Ic or formula Id:

ここで、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、およびＲ^４は、本明細書中の実施形態のいずれかに定義するとおりである。

Here, R ¹ , R ² , R ³ , and R ⁴ are as defined in any of the embodiments herein.

  According to a further preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula II selected from Table 1 below:

。

.

(Table 1. Compounds of the Invention)
Within the table below, the following definitions are used: “Ph” is phenyl, “Bn” is benzyl [—CH ₂ —Ph], and “Et” is ethyl [—CH ₂ —CH ₃ ]. And “I-Pr” is isopropyl [—CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ ].

別の実施形態によれば、本発明は：
（ａ）本明細書中で定義するとおりの式Ｉの化合物、もしくは薬学的に受容可能なその塩；および
（ｂ）薬学的に受容可能なキャリア、補助剤もしくはビヒクル
を含む、薬学的組成物を提供する。

According to another embodiment, the present invention provides:
A pharmaceutical composition comprising (a) a compound of formula I as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle. I will provide a.

It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that certain compounds of the invention may exist in tautomeric or hydrated forms, and all such forms of the compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless stated otherwise, the structures described herein are also intended to include all stereochemical forms of this structure; that is, R and S for each asymmetric center Placement. Thus, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, the structures shown herein are also intended to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having this structure other than substitution of hydrogen with deuterium or tritium, or substitution of carbon with ¹³ C enriched carbon or ¹⁴ C enriched carbon are within the scope of the invention.

  The compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art for analogous compounds and by the following preparative examples. See, for example, WO 2004/106304, incorporated herein by reference. For illustrative purposes, the following schemes I-III for the synthesis of compounds of the invention are provided. It should be understood that any protecting group described in the scheme can be appropriately modified in view of compatibility with other substituents.

Various protecting groups may be used in the methods of the present invention (eg, TW Greene &
P. G. M Wutz, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, 3 ^rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1999) and previous editions of this book). A typical functional group to be protected is an amine. Any amine and other functional groups can be protected by methods known in the art. Compounds containing amines can be used with or without isolation from the reaction mixture.

上記のスキームＩにおいて、以下の略字が使用される：ＥＤＣは１−（３−ジメチルアミノプロピル）−３−エチルカルボジイミドであり；ＨＯＢｔは１−ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾールであり；ＴＨＦはテトラヒドロフランであり；ＴＦＡはトリフルオロ酢酸であり；ＤＣＭはジクロロメタンであり；ＤＭＡＰは４−ジメチルアミノピリジンである。酸１はアミノアルコール２とカップリングされる。ここでは、ＥＤＣ／ＤＭＡＰ／ＨＯＢｔ／ＴＨＦを使用したカップリングが記載されているが、しかしながら、他の適切な条件もまた使用され得る。Ｒ^４およびＲ^５の性質に依存して、アミノアルコールの代わりにアミノケトンが使用され得、ゆえに、その後の酸化の工程を避け得る。Ｒ^５がＣＨ_２Ｆであるフルオロメチルケトンの場合、このアミノアルコール２は、Ｒｅｖｅｓｚら、Ｔｅｔｒａｈｅｄｒｏｎ Ｌｅｔｔ． １９９４、３５、９６９３の方法に従って獲得され得る。Ｒ^５が−ＣＨ_２Ｏ−２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェニルであるテトラフルオロフェノキシケトンである場合、アミノアルコール２は、Ｓｅｍｐｌｅら、Ｂｉｏｏｒｇａｎｉｃ ａｎｄ Ｍｅｄｉｃｉｎａｌ Ｃｈｅｍｉｓｔｒｙ Ｌｅｔｔｅｒｓ、１９９７、７、１３３７（スキームＩＩ）の方法に類似した方法によって獲得され得る。

In Scheme I above, the following abbreviations are used: EDC is 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide; HOBt is 1-hydroxybenzotriazole; THF is tetrahydrofuran; TFA Is trifluoroacetic acid; DCM is dichloromethane; DMAP is 4-dimethylaminopyridine. Acid 1 is coupled with amino alcohol 2. Here, coupling using EDC / DMAP / HOBt / THF is described; however, other suitable conditions may also be used. Depending on the nature of R ⁴ and R ⁵ , aminoketones can be used instead of aminoalcohols and thus avoid subsequent oxidation steps. In the case of fluoromethylketone where R ⁵ is CH ₂ F, this amino alcohol 2 can be obtained from Revesz et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 9963 can be obtained. When R ⁵ is a tetrafluorophenoxy ketone, which is —CH ₂ O-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl, aminoalcohol 2 can be obtained from Sample et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 1997, 7, 1337 (Scheme It can be obtained by a method similar to that of II).

Finally, the hydroxy group of compound 3 is oxidized (eg by Dess-Martin periodinane) and the resulting compound is appropriately treated according to the nature of R ⁴ . For example, if the product I in which R ⁴ is a carboxylic acid, R ⁴ in 3 is preferably an ester that is hydrolyzed in the final step in the scheme. If the ester is a t-butyl ester (ie when R ⁴ is CO ₂ tBu), treatment with trifluoroacetic acid yields an acid. If the other substituents in I are compatible with acidic conditions, the ester is preferably a t-butyl ester.

When R ^{4 of} product I is an ester, the desired ester can be prepared by esterifying the corresponding acid or by having the desired ester group already present in compound 2.

上記のスキームＩＩにおいて、以下の略字が使用される：ＫＦはフッ化カリウムであり；ＤＭＦはＮ，Ｎ−ジメチルホルムアミドであり；ＡｒＯＨは２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェノールであり；ＴＨＦはテトラヒドロフランであり；ＭｅＯＨはメタノールである。市販されているブロモケトン４（Ｒ^４＝ＣＯ_２ｔＢｕ）を２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェノールおよびフッ化カリウムと反応させて、フェノキシケトン５を得る。その後このケトンを適切な還元剤（例えば、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム）で還元し、アルコール６を得、これは水素ガスおよび適切な触媒（例えば、炭素担持パラジウム）を使用して水素化され、アミノアルコール２が得られる（Ｒ^４＝ＣＯ_２ｔＢｕ、Ｒ^５＝ＣＨ_２Ｏ−２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェニル）。

In Scheme II above, the following abbreviations are used: KF is potassium fluoride; DMF is N, N-dimethylformamide; ArOH is 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenol; THF Is tetrahydrofuran; MeOH is methanol. Bromoketone ⁴ which is commercially available _{(R 4 = CO 2 tBu)} 2,3,5,6- reacted with tetrafluorophenol and potassium fluoride to give phenoxy ketone 5. The ketone is then reduced with a suitable reducing agent (eg, sodium borohydride) to give alcohol 6, which is hydrogenated using hydrogen gas and a suitable catalyst (eg, palladium on carbon) to produce an amino alcohol. 2 is obtained (R ⁴ = CO ₂ tBu, R ⁵ = CH ₂ O-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl).

スキームＩＩＩにおいて、以下の略字が使用される：Ｃｂｚはベンジルオキシカルボニル保護基であり；ＭｅＯＨはメタノールであり；ＤＣＭはジクロロメタンであり；ＴＦＡはトリフルオロ酢酸であり；ＤＭＡＰは４−ジメチルアミノピリジンであり；ＴＨＦはテトラヒドロフランである。ピリドンの酸誘導体１は、スキームＩＩＩに示された合成の順序を使用してキラル形態で調製され得る。市販されているニトロピリドンは、水素およびパラジウム／炭素を使用してアミンに還元される。その後このアミノ基は適切な求電子剤によって官能化される：Ｒ_１＝Ｃｂｚの場合、ベンジルオキシカルボニル保護アミンは、Ｗａｒｎｅｒら Ｊ．Ｍｅｄ．Ｃｈｅｍ．１９９４、３７（１９）、３０９０−３０９９によって記載されている手順と類似した手順を使用して調製される。もう一つの場合に対しては、このアミンは、標準的な方法を使用して誘導される。（Ｒ）−ｔｅｒｔ−ブチル−２−ヒドロキシエステルが、ＤＣＭ中のトリフルオロメタンスルホン酸無水物および２，６−ルチジンで処理され、対応するトリフレートを得る。このトリフレートと、（ＴＨＦ内での水素化ナトリウムによる脱プロトン化によって調製される）官能化された２−ヒドロキシピリジンのアニオンとの反応によって、Ｎ−アルキル化ピリドンが得られる。Ｒ^１がベンジルオキシカルボニル保護基である場合、これは、この段階で水素および炭素担持パラジウムを使用して取り除かれて、アミンが得られ得；その後、これはＤＣＭ内での適切な求電子剤、トリエチルアミンおよびＤＭＡＰと反応される。例えば、Ｒ^１がＲ^６Ｃ＝Ｏ（アミド）である必要がある場合は、適切に置換された酸塩化物が使用され得る。Ｒ^１がＲ^６Ｓ（＝Ｏ）_２（スルホンアミド）である必要がある場合は、適切に置換されたスルホニルクロリドが使用され得る。Ｒ^１が（Ｒ^６）_２Ｎ（Ｃ＝Ｏ）（尿素）である場合は、適切に置換されたカルバモイルクロリドもしくはカルバモイルイソシアネートが使用され得る。もう一つのＲ^１基は適宜に調製され得る。その後、酸１は、（例えば、トリフルオロ酢酸を使用した）エステルの脱保護によって調製される。その後、この酸はアミノアルコール２とカップリングされる（スキーム１）。

In Scheme III, the following abbreviations are used: Cbz is a benzyloxycarbonyl protecting group; MeOH is methanol; DCM is dichloromethane; TFA is trifluoroacetic acid; DMAP is 4-dimethylaminopyridine. Yes; THF is tetrahydrofuran. The acid derivative 1 of pyridone can be prepared in chiral form using the synthetic sequence shown in Scheme III. Commercially available nitropyridone is reduced to amine using hydrogen and palladium / carbon. The amino group is then functionalized with a suitable electrophile: when R ₁ = Cbz, the benzyloxycarbonyl protected amine is obtained from Warner et al. Med. Chem. Prepared using a procedure similar to that described by 1994, 37 (19), 3090-3099. For another case, the amine is derived using standard methods. (R) -tert-butyl-2-hydroxyester is treated with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride and 2,6-lutidine in DCM to give the corresponding triflate. Reaction of this triflate with an anion of functionalized 2-hydroxypyridine (prepared by deprotonation with sodium hydride in THF) yields an N-alkylated pyridone. If R ¹ is a benzyloxycarbonyl protecting group, it can be removed at this stage using hydrogen and palladium on carbon to give an amine; then it is a suitable electrophile in DCM Reacted with triethylamine and DMAP. For example, if R ¹ needs to be R ⁶ C═O (amide), an appropriately substituted acid chloride can be used. Where R ¹ needs to be R ⁶ S (═O) ₂ (sulfonamide), an appropriately substituted sulfonyl chloride can be used. Where R ¹ is (R ⁶ ) ₂ N (C═O) (urea), an appropriately substituted carbamoyl chloride or carbamoyl isocyanate can be used. Another R ¹ group can be prepared accordingly. Acid 1 is then prepared by deprotection of the ester (eg, using trifluoroacetic acid). This acid is then coupled with amino alcohol 2 (Scheme 1).

スキームＩＶにおいて、以下の略字が使用される：ＭｅＯＨはメタノールであり；ＤＰＰＡはジフェニルホスホリルアジド（ｄｉｐｈｅｎｙｌｐｈｏｓｐｏｒｙｌ ａｚｉｄｅ）であり；ＢｎＯＨはベンジルアルコールであり；ＴＥＡはトリエチルアミンであり；ＤＣＭはジクロロメタンであり；ＴＦＡはトリフルオロ酢酸であり；ＴＨＦはテトラヒドロフランである。ピリドン酸誘導体１は、スキームＩＶに記載されている代わりの手順を使用してキラル形態で調製され得る。メトキシドの存在下での２−（３−メトキシ−アリリデン）−マロン酸ジメチルエステルおよびアミノ酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステルの反応によって、環化ピリドン生成物を得る。このメチルエステルの酸への加水分解の後、ベンジルアルコールの存在下でクルチウス転位の条件下でこの酸を処理し、ベンジルオキシカルボニル保護化アミノピリドンを得る。このベンジルオキシカルボニル保護基は、水素化分解条件下で取り除かれ、その後、生じたアミンはＤＣＭ中の適切な求電子剤、トリエチルアミンおよびＤＭＡＰと反応される。例えば、Ｒ^１がＲ^６Ｃ＝Ｏ（アミド）である必要がある場合は、適切に置換された酸塩化物が使用され得る。Ｒ^１がＲ^６Ｓ（＝Ｏ）_２（スルホンアミド）である必要がある場合は、適切に置換されたスルホニルクロリドが使用され得る。Ｒ^１が（Ｒ^６）_２Ｎ（Ｃ＝Ｏ）（尿素）である場合は、適切に置換されたカルバモイルクロリドもしくはカルバモイルイソシアネートが使用され得る。もう一つのＲ^１基は適宜に調製され得る。その後、酸１は、（例えば、トリフルオロ酢酸を使用した）エステルの脱保護によって調製される。その後、この酸はアミノアルコール２とカップリングされる（スキーム１）。

In Scheme IV, the following abbreviations are used: MeOH is methanol; DPPA is diphenylphosphoryl azide; BnOH is benzyl alcohol; TEA is triethylamine; DCM is dichloromethane; TFA Is trifluoroacetic acid; THF is tetrahydrofuran. Pyridonic acid derivative 1 can be prepared in chiral form using an alternative procedure described in Scheme IV. Reaction of 2- (3-methoxy-allylidene) -malonic acid dimethyl ester and amino acid tert-butyl ester in the presence of methoxide provides the cyclized pyridone product. After hydrolysis of the methyl ester to the acid, the acid is treated under the conditions of Curtius rearrangement in the presence of benzyl alcohol to give the benzyloxycarbonyl protected aminopyridone. The benzyloxycarbonyl protecting group is removed under hydrogenolysis conditions, after which the resulting amine is reacted with a suitable electrophile, triethylamine and DMAP in DCM. For example, if R ¹ needs to be R ⁶ C═O (amide), an appropriately substituted acid chloride can be used. Where R ¹ needs to be R ⁶ S (═O) ₂ (sulfonamide), an appropriately substituted sulfonyl chloride can be used. Where R ¹ is (R ⁶ ) ₂ N (C═O) (urea), an appropriately substituted carbamoyl chloride or carbamoyl isocyanate can be used. Another R ¹ group can be prepared accordingly. Acid 1 is then prepared by deprotection of the ester (eg, using trifluoroacetic acid). This acid is then coupled with amino alcohol 2 (Scheme 1).

  Thus, another embodiment of the present invention provides a process for preparing a compound of formula I:

ここで、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、Ｒ^４およびＲ^５は、本明細書中の実施形態のいずれかに定義するとおりであり、このプロセスは：
（ａ）式（ＩＩＩ）：

Where R ¹ , R ² , R ³ , R ⁴ and R ⁵ are as defined in any of the embodiments herein, the process is:
(A) Formula (III):

の化合物と、
式（ＩＶ）：

A compound of
Formula (IV):

の化合物とを、ペプチドカップリングの条件および溶媒の存在下で反応させる工程を包含し、ここで：
Ｒ^１０は、−ＮＯ_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^１１、Ｒ^６Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ＳＯ_２Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ^６）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ^６）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ^６ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−であり；
Ｒ^１１は独立して、水素、（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ（Ｈ）、Ｎ（Ｒ^７）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ_２から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、Ｒ^１１は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｒ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、およびＲ^６は、本明細書中の式（Ｉ）の実施形態のいずれかに定義するとおりであり；
Ｙはカルボニル基もしくはＯＨ基のいずれかであり；そしてＲ^４およびＲ^５は、本明細書中の式（Ｉ）の実施形態のいずれかに定義するとおりであり；
ただし、ＹがＯＨ基である場合は、このプロセスは、（ｂ）このＯＨ基を酸化して式（Ｉ）の化合物を提供する工程をさらに包含し；そして
ただし、Ｒ^１０が−ＮＯ_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^１１、もしくは−ＣＮである場合は、このプロセスは、この−ＮＯ_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^１１、もしくは−ＣＮを、Ｒ^６Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ＳＯ_２Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ^６）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ^６）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ^６ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−に変換するさらなる工程を包含する。

Comprising reacting the compound with a peptide coupling condition and in the presence of a solvent, wherein:
R ¹⁰ is —NO ₂ , —C (O) OR ¹¹ , R ⁶ C (O) N (H) —, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H) —, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H) —, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H)-, Or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O) N (H) —;
R ¹¹ is independently hydrogen, (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C3-C10) -alicyclic-, (C6-C10) -aryl-, (C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-, (C5 -C10) -heteroaryl, (C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C3-C10) -Heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N ( H), N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ may be substituted; wherein R ¹¹ is optionally substituted by up to six substituents independently selected from R Substituted accordingly;
R, R ² , R ³ , and R ⁶ are as defined in any of the embodiments of formula (I) herein;
Y is either a carbonyl group or an OH group; and R ⁴ and R ⁵ are as defined in any of the embodiments of formula (I) herein;
Provided that when Y is an OH group, the process further comprises (b) oxidizing the OH group to provide a compound of formula (I); and wherein R ¹⁰ is —NO ₂ , -C (O) ^{oR 11} when, or is -CN, the process, the ^{_{-NO 2, -C (O) oR}} 11, or a ^{-CN, R 6 C (O)} N (H) -, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H) —, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H) —, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H) —, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H ) ^- including the additional step of converting the _{-, (R 6) 2 NC} (O) C (O) N (H) -, or ^{R 6 OC (O) C (} O) N (H).

  The coupling conditions can be any known to those skilled in the art for forming peptidyl bonds. A preferred coupling condition is EDC / DMAP / HOBt. A preferred solvent in the above embodiment is THF.

  In a preferred embodiment, the formula (III):

の化合物は、あるプロセスにより調製され、ここで、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、およびＲ^９は本明細書中で定義するとおりであり：
このプロセスは：
（ｃ）式（ｖ）：

Are prepared by a process, wherein R ² , R ³ , and R ⁹ are as defined herein:
This process is:
(C) Formula (v):

の化合物を、脱保護条件の存在下、溶媒中で反応させる工程を包含し、ここで、Ｒ、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、およびＲ^１０は本明細書中で定義するとおりである。

In the presence of deprotection conditions in a solvent, wherein R, R ² , R ³ , and R ¹⁰ are as defined herein.

This deprotection condition depends on the particular protecting group (ie R ¹¹ ). For example, when R ¹¹ is t-butyl, preferred deprotection conditions include acid hydrolysis. A preferred acid is TFA. A preferred solvent is DCM. More preferably, the solvent and the hydrolysis conditions include TFA and DCM. When R ¹¹ is methyl or ethyl, preferred deprotection conditions are basic (eg, aqueous NaOH). When R ¹¹ is benzyl, the benzyl group can be removed by hydrogenolysis.

  In a preferred embodiment, the formula (V):

の化合物は、あるプロセスにより調製され、ここで、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、Ｒ^１０およびＲ^１１は本明細書中で定義するとおりであり：
このプロセスは：
（ｄ）式（ＶＩ）：

Are prepared by a process, wherein R ² , R ³ , R ¹⁰ and R ¹¹ are as defined herein:
This process is:
(D) Formula (VI):

の化合物と、式（ＶＩＩ）：

A compound of formula (VII):

の化合物とを、溶媒および塩基の存在下で反応させる工程を包含し、ここで、
Ｒ^２およびＲ^１０は本明細書中で定義するとおりであり；
Ｘは適切な脱離基であり；そして
Ｒ^３およびＲ^１１は本明細書中で定義するとおりである。

Comprising reacting with a compound in the presence of a solvent and a base, wherein
R ² and R ¹⁰ are as defined herein;
X is a suitable leaving group; and R ³ and R ¹¹ are as defined herein.

Preferably, X is —I, —Br, —Cl, —OH, an alkyl sulfonate, or an aryl sulfonate. When X is —OH, a suitable leaving group can be generated in situ (eg, as in a Mitsunobu reaction). Preferred sulfonates include -O-trifluoromethanesulfonate, -O-methanesulfonate, -O-benzenesulfonate, -Op-toluenesulfonate, -Om-nitrobenzenesulfonate, and -Op-nitrobenzenesulfonate. It is done. Suitable leaving groups useful in the methods of the present invention are well known in the art. For example, “March's Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 5 ^th Ed. Ed. Smith, M .; B. And March, J .; See, John Wiley & Sons, New York (2001).

  Any solvent that is compatible with the production of anions can be used. Preferred solvents include DMF, toluene and THF.

  Suitable bases include any base that can remove a proton from the hydroxy group of (V). Such bases include BuLi, LDA, LHMDS and NaH. Preferably the base is NaH.

  Another embodiment of this invention is a compound of formula (VIII):

の化合物を調製するためのプロセスを提供し、ここで：
Ｒ^２は、−ＣＦ_３、−Ｃｌ、−ＯＲ^７、−ＮＯ_２、−ＯＣＦ_３、−ＣＮもしくはＲ^８であり；
Ｒ^３、Ｒ^８、Ｒ^１０およびＲ^１１は本明細書中で定義するとおりであり；
このプロセスは、（ｅ）式（ＩＸ）：

Provides a process for preparing compounds of where:
R ² is —CF ₃ , —Cl, —OR ⁷ , —NO ₂ , —OCF ₃ , —CN or R ⁸ ;
R ³ , R ⁸ , R ¹⁰ and R ¹¹ are as defined herein;
This process is represented by (e) formula (IX):

の化合物と、式（ＶＩＩ）：

A compound of formula (VII):

の化合物とを、溶媒および塩基の存在下で反応させる工程を包含し、ここで、
Ｒ^２およびＲ^１０は本明細書中で定義するとおりであり；
Ｒ^３およびＲ^１１は本明細書中で定義するとおりであり；そして
Ｘは適切な脱離基である。

Comprising reacting with a compound in the presence of a solvent and a base, wherein
R ² and R ¹⁰ are as defined herein;
R ³ and R ¹¹ are as defined herein; and X is a suitable leaving group.

  Preferably, X is —I, —Br, —Cl, —OH, an alkyl sulfonate, or an aryl sulfonate. When X is —OH, a suitable leaving group can be generated in situ (eg, as in a Mitsunobu reaction). Preferred sulfonates include -O-trifluoromethanesulfonate, -O-methanesulfonate, -O-benzenesulfonate, -Op-toluenesulfonate, -Om-nitrobenzenesulfonate, and -Op-nitrobenzenesulfonate. It is done.

  Any solvent that is compatible with the production of anions can be used. Such solvents include DMF, toluene and THF. Preferably the solvent is THF.

  Suitable bases include any base that can remove a proton from the hydroxy group of (V). Such bases include BuLi, LDA, LHMDS and NaH. Preferably the base is NaH.

  Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound of formula (I):

の化合物を調製するためのプロセスを提供し、ここで、Ｒ^１、Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３、Ｒ^４およびＲ^５は本明細書中の実施形態のいずれかに定義するとおりであり、このプロセスは、
（ａ）式（ＶＩもしくはＩＸ）：

Wherein R ¹ , R ² , R ³ , R ⁴ and R ⁵ are as defined in any of the embodiments herein, the process comprising: ,
(A) Formula (VI or IX):

の化合物と、式（Ｘ）：

A compound of formula (X):

の化合物とを、本明細書中で定義する任意のカップリング条件および溶媒の存在下で反応させる工程を包含し、ここで：
Ｒ^１０は、−ＮＯ_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^１１、−ＣＮ、Ｒ^６Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ＳＯ_２Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ^６）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ^６）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ^６ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−であり；
Ｒ^２、Ｒ^３およびＲ^６は、本明細書中で定義するとおりであり；
Ｙはカルボニル基もしくはＯＨ基のいずれかであり；そしてＲ^４およびＲ^５は、本明細書中で定義するとおりであり；
ただし、ＹがＯＨ基である場合は、このプロセスは、（ｂ）このＯＨ基を酸化して式（Ｉ）の化合物を提供する工程をさらに包含し；そして、
ただし、Ｒ^１０が−ＮＯ_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^１１、もしくは−ＣＮである場合は、このプロセスは、この−ＮＯ_２、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ^１１、もしくは−ＣＮを、Ｒ^６ｂＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ａＳＯ_２Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ｂＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ^６ｂ）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ^６ｂＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ^６ｂ）_２ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ^６ｂＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−に変換するさらなる工程を包含する。

Comprising reacting with a compound in the presence of any coupling conditions and solvent as defined herein, wherein:
R ¹⁰ is —NO ₂ , —C (O) OR ¹¹ , —CN, R ⁶ C (O) N (H) —, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H) —, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H )-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H )-, Or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O) N (H)-;
R ² , R ³ and R ⁶ are as defined herein;
Y is either a carbonyl group or an OH group; and R ⁴ and R ⁵ are as defined herein;
Provided that when Y is an OH group, the process further comprises (b) oxidizing the OH group to provide a compound of formula (I); and
However, when R ¹⁰ is —NO ₂ , —C (O) OR ¹¹ , or —CN, the process converts this —NO ₂ , —C (O) OR ¹¹ , or —CN to R ^6b C (O) N (H)-, R ^6a SO ₂ N (H)-, R ^6b OC (O) N (H)-, (R ^6b ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ^6b C ( Convert to O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ^6b ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H)-, or R ^6b OC (O) C (O) N (H)- Further steps are included.

  If pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention are utilized in these compositions, these salts are preferably derived from inorganic or organic acids and bases. Such acidic salts include: acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate (Camphorate), camphor sulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, dicurconate, dodecyl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerine phosphate, hemi Sulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfone Acid salt, nicotinate, oxalate, pamoate, pectate te), persulfate, 3-phenyl - propionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate, undecanoate. Basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts (eg, sodium and potassium salts), alkaline earth metal salts (eg, calcium and magnesium salts), salts with organic bases (eg, dicyclohexylamine salts, N -Methyl-D-glucamine), and salts with amino acids (eg, arginine, lysine).

  The basic nitrogen-containing group is a lower alkyl halide (for example, methyl chloride, ethyl chloride, propyl chloride, butyl chloride, methyl bromide, ethyl bromide, propyl bromide, butyl bromide, methyl iodide, Ethyl iodide, propyl iodide, butyl iodide); dialkyl sulfates (eg, dimethyl sulfate, diethyl sulfate, dibutyl sulfate and diamyl sulfate), long chain halides (eg, decyl chloride, lauryl chloride, myristyl chloride, stearyl chloride, Decyl bromide, lauryl bromide, myristyl bromide, stearyl bromide, decyl iodide, lauryl iodide, myristyl iodide, stearyl iodide), aralkyl halides (eg benzyl bromide, phenethyl bromide), etc. Can be quaternized by various factors. Thereby, a product which is soluble or dispersible in water or oil is obtained.

  The compounds of the present invention may be modified by adding appropriate functionalities to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications are known in the art and include those that increase biological penetration into a given biological system (eg, blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), oral use Those that improve sex, those that increase solubility to allow administration by injection, those that alter metabolism, and those that alter the rate of excretion.

For example, the carboxylic acid group in the compounds of the present invention can be derived, for example, as an ester. Preferred esters are those derived from:
C _1-6 linear or branched alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl is aryl, CF ₃ , Cl, F, OMe, OEt, OCF ₃ , CN Or optionally substituted with NMe ₂ ;
C _1-6 cycloalkyl, wherein 1-2 carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl are optionally substituted by —O— or —NR ⁹ —.

The compounds of the present invention having a carbonyl group can be similarly derived as, for example, acetals, ketals, oximes (= NOR ⁹ ), hydrazines (= NN (R ⁹ ) ₂ ), thioacetals or thioketals.

  Suitable derivatives of amines are known in the art and are also included within the scope of the present invention.

Certain of the above derivatives include protecting groups known to those skilled in the art (eg, TW Greene & PG M Wutz, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, 3 ^rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons). , Inc. (1999)). A typical functional group that must be protected is an amine. Any amine and other functional groups can be protected by methods known in the art. Compounds containing amines can be used with or without isolation from the reaction mixture. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, these protecting groups may also be used in the process of the present invention.

  Without being bound by theory, Applicants' cyclic acetal compounds are believed to be prodrugs. That is, this acetal moiety is cleaved in vivo to give the corresponding acid-aldehyde compound. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, chemical compounds can be metabolized in vivo (eg, at a site different from the prodrug cleavage site). Any such metabolites are included within the scope of the present invention.

  The compounds of the present invention can be directly assayed for their ability to inhibit apoptosis, release of IL-1β, or caspase activity. Assays for each activity are known in the art. However, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the prodrug compounds of the invention should only be active in assays where the prodrug moiety is cleaved, typically in vivo assays. The selected assay is described below.

  Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used in these compositions include ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins (eg, human serum albumin), buffer substances (eg, phosphate salts). ), Glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, a partial glyceride mixture of saturated plant fatty acids, water, salt, or electrolyte (eg, protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride), zinc salt, Colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose-based materials, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylate, wax, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymer, polyethylene glycol and wool fat Including but not limited to.

  According to a preferred embodiment, the composition of the invention is formulated for pharmaceutical administration to a mammal, preferably a human.

  Such pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or through an implanted reservoir. obtain. As used herein, the term “parenteral” refers to subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, bursa, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional, and intracranial injection or infusion. Including the technology. Preferably, the composition is administered orally or intravenously.

  Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation can also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent (eg, in 1,3-butanediol). As a solution). Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids (eg oleic acid) and their glyceride derivatives (especially in their polyoxyethylated form) are natural pharmaceutically acceptable oils (eg olive oil or castor oil) Useful in preparing injectables. These oil solutions or suspensions are commonly used in formulating long chain alcohol diluents or dispersants (eg, carboxymethylcellulose), or pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms (including emulsions and suspensions). Similar dispersants that are commonly used may also be included. Other commonly used surfactants (eg, Tween, Span and other emulsifiers) or bios commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solids, liquids or other dosage forms Availability enhancers can also be used for formulation purposes.

  The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered orally in any orally acceptable dosage form, including but not limited to capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers that are commonly used include lactose and corn starch. A lubricant (eg, magnesium stearate) is also typically added. Diluents useful for oral administration in a capsule form include lactose and dried corn starch. When aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening, flavoring, or coloring agents can also be added.

  Alternatively, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention can be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. They can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that melts in the rectum to release the drug because it is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature. Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.

  The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may also be administered topically, particularly when the target of treatment includes areas or organs that are readily reachable by topical application, including eye, skin, or lower intestinal diseases. Appropriate topical formulations can be readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.

  Topical application to the lower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Topically transdermal patches can also be used.

  For topical application, the pharmaceutical composition may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petroleum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical composition can be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active ingredient suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl ester wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.

  For ophthalmic use, the pharmaceutical composition is a finely divided suspension in isotonic pH-adjusted sterile saline or, preferably, isotonic pH-adjusted sterilization. As a solution in saline with or without preservatives (eg, benzalkonium chloride). Alternatively, for use in the eye, the pharmaceutical composition can be formulated in an ointment (eg, petrolatum).

  The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and as a solution in saline, benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservative, absorption enhancers to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, And / or may be prepared using other conventional solubilizers or dispersants.

  The above compositions may be used for IL-1 mediated diseases, apoptosis mediated diseases, inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, destructive bone disorders, proliferative disorders, infectious diseases, degenerative diseases, diseases related to cell death, or various It is particularly useful in therapeutic applications relating to this form of liver disease. Such diseases include rheumatic diseases and diseases related to autoimmunity (eg, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves' disease, myasthenia gravis). , Autoimmune neutropenia, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, thrombocytopenia, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, gout, Behcet's syndrome, Still's syndrome, macrophage activation syndrome, and sarcoidosis); diseases associated with autoinflammatory syndrome ( For example, the periodic syndrome associated with cryopyrin (sometimes referred to as autoinflammatory fever syndrome), (Muckle-Wells syndrome, familial cold urticaria (also known as familial cold autoinflammatory syndrome), chronic Infant neurological skin and joint syndrome (with neonatal onset multi-organ inflammatory disease and Familial Mediterranean fever, TNFR1-related periodic syndrome (TRAPS), high IgD periodic fever syndrome (HIDS), and Blau syndrome and systemic onset juvenile idiopathic arthritis (Still's disease) Also known as), and macrophage activation syndrome); dermatological related diseases (eg, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, scarring, alopecia, acne vulgaris and pemphigus and toxic epidermal necrosis); breathing Diseases related to the organs (eg asthma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, cystic adenomatosis, emphysema, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis); diseases related to internal medicine (eg inflammation) Peritonitis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, autoimmune gastritis, gastric and duodenal ulcer disease associated with Helicobacter pylori, diabetes Pancreatitis, glomerulonephritis, chronic active hepatitis, excessive dietary alcohol intake disease, kidney disease, polycystic kidney disease, burns, organ apoptosis after burn injury, hemorrhagic shock, organ failure (eg, liver failure) , Acute renal failure, and acute respiratory failure), and endometriosis); transplant-related diseases (eg, graft-versus-host disease (GVHD) and organ transplant rejection); diseases related to oncology ( Leukemia and related disorders, myelodysplastic syndromes, multiple myeloma-related bone disorders, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, metastatic melanoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, and multiple myeloma); Diseases (eg, chronic heart disease, acute heart disease, myocardial infarction, myocardial ischemia, congestive heart failure, atherosclerosis, coronary artery bypass graft (CABG), and acute coronary artery symptoms Group); diseases related to the central nervous system and peripheral nervous system (eg, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, Kennedy's disease, prion disease, cerebral ischemia, epilepsy, spinal muscular atrophy, muscular atrophic lateral cord) Sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, HIV-related encephalitis, traumatic brain injury, spinal cord injury, neurological damage due to stroke, diabetic nephropathy, and acute and chronic pain, and seizures, seizure disorders and convulsions); eyes Diseases related to science (eg uveitis, retinal disorders, diabetic retinopathy, glaucoma, and keratitis and eye infections, injury, allergies, chemical irritation, burns, dry eyes, Sjögren's syndrome, and eye aging (See, eg, WO 2005/053665 incorporated by reference); diseases associated with infectious diseases (eg, virus-mediated diseases, sepsis Septic shock, bacterial dysentery, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, hepatitis G, yellow fever, dengue fever, Japanese encephalitis, HIV infection, tuberculosis, meningitis, Pseudomonas infection, and Acinetobacter infection, and other bacteria Sex, viral, parasitic or fungal infections, especially ocular infections); and other diseases (eg aging). These compounds and compositions are also useful in the treatment of complications associated with coronary artery bypass grafting. The amount of compound present in the composition indicated above is a detectable reduction in disease severity, or detection of caspase activity and / or cell apoptosis, as measured by any of the assays known in the art. Should be sufficient to provide possible mitigation.

  According to another embodiment, the composition of the present invention may further comprise another therapeutic agent. Such agents include, but are not limited to, thrombolytic agents (eg, tissue plasminogen activator and streptokinase). When a second agent is used, the second agent can be administered either as an independent dosage form or as part of a single dosage form with a compound or composition of the invention. Thus, combined preparations for simultaneous, independent or sequential use are provided by the present invention.

  A dosage level between about 0.01 mg / kg body weight and about 100 mg / kg body weight per day, preferably a dosage level between about 0.5 mg / kg body weight and about 75 mg / kg body weight per day. The protease inhibitor compounds described herein are useful in a single therapy for the prevention and treatment of diseases associated with caspase activity and / or apoptosis.

  Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention are administered from about 1 to about 5 times per day, or as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that can be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. A typical preparation will contain from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w / w). Preferably, such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.

  Where a composition of the invention comprises a combination of a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agents, both the compound and the additional agent are normally administered in a single treatment regimen. It should be present at a dosage level between about 10% and 100% of the amount, more preferably at a dosage level of about 10% to 80%.

  The particular dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend on various factors (activity of the particular compound used, age, weight, overall health, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of elimination, It is also to be understood that this depends on the combination and the judgment of the treating physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated. The amount of active ingredient will also depend on the particular compounds and other therapeutic agents present in the composition.

  In a preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a mammal having one of the aforementioned diseases, the method administering to the mammal a pharmaceutically acceptable composition as described above. Process. In this embodiment, if another therapeutic agent or caspase inhibitor is also administered to the patient, it can be delivered with the compound of the invention in a single dosage form or as a separate dosage form. When administered as a separate dosage form, the other caspase inhibitor or agent is administered prior to, simultaneously with, or following administration of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising a compound of the invention. Can be administered.

In order that this invention be more fully understood, the following preparation and testing examples are set forth. These examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. ¹ H-NMR spectra were recorded at 400 MHz using a Bruker DPX 400 instrument. Mass spectrometry samples were analyzed on a MicroMass Quattro Micro mass spectrometer operated in single MS mode using electrospray ionization.

Example II.1
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4-oxo-pe Ntanic acid)

（方法Ａ）
（（Ｓ）−２−（３−ベンジルオキシカルボニルアミノ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル）

(Method A)
((S) -2- (3-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester)

ジクロロメタン（５０ｍＬ）中の（Ｒ）−２−ヒドロキシ−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（２．５０ｇ、１５．６ｍｍｏｌ）の冷却した（０℃）溶液に、２，６−ルチジン（３．３ｇ、３０．８ｍｍｏｌ）をゆっくり加え、その後、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸無水物（８．２５ｇ、２９．２ｍｍｏｌ）を加えた。得られた混合物を、０℃で１時間攪拌し、その後、ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルメチルエーテル（２００ｍＬ）と１ＭのＨＣｌ水溶液（６０ｍＬ）とに分配した。この有機層をブライン（６０ｍＬ）で洗浄し、乾燥し（硫酸ナトリウム）、ろ過し、そして濃縮して、トリフレートを、明るい茶色の油状物として得た。

To a cooled (0 ° C.) solution of (R) -2-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (2.50 g, 15.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added 2,6-lutidine (3 3 g, 30.8 mmol) was added slowly followed by trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (8.25 g, 29.2 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 1 hour and then partitioned between tert-butyl methyl ether (200 mL) and 1M aqueous HCl (60 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (60 mL), dried (sodium sulfate), filtered and concentrated to give the triflate as a light brown oil.

(2-Oxo-1,2-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl) -carbamic acid benzyl ester (P. Warner et al., J. Med. Chem., 37, 19, 1994, 3090- in dry THF (100 mL). 3099) (4.34 g, 17.8 mmol) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersion, 711 mg, 17.8 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was then slowly transferred with a canula onto a solution of the triflate prepared above in THF (30 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes and quenched with aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL). Most of the solvent was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated aqueous NH ₄ Cl. The organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (10% ethyl acetate / hexane) to give the title compound as a colorless oil (5.1 g, 76%); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ 1.48 (9H, s), 3.35 (1H, dd), 3.65 (1H, dd), 5.23 (2H, s), 5.53 (1H, m), 6.18 (1H , T), 6.85 (1H, d), 7.12 (2H, m), 7.20-7.48 (8H, m), 7.82 (1H, s), 7.98 (1H, m).

(Method B)
((S) -2- (3-Amino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester)

ＭｅＯＨ（４０ｍＬ）とＥｔＯＡｃ（１０ｍＬ）の混合物中の（Ｓ）−２−（３−ベンジルオキシカルボニルアミノ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（４ｇ、８．９２ｍｍｏｌ）の溶液に、１０％Ｐｄ／Ｃ（５００ｍｇ）を加えた。この混合物のガスを抜いて、室温で４時間、水素雰囲気下（バルーン圧力）攪拌した。この反応混合物を、セライトの短いパッドを通してろ過し、その後このパッドをＭｅＯＨで洗い流した。合わせたろ液を、減圧下でエバポレートして、表題の化合物を、白色の固体（２．６ｇ、９２％）として得た；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３）δ １．４８（９Ｈ，ｓ），３．３２（１Ｈ，ｄｄ），３．５２（１Ｈ，ｄｄ），３．９５（２Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ），５．５５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ），６．００（１Ｈ，ｔ），６．５５（１Ｈ，ｄ），６．７２（１Ｈ，ｄ），７．１８−７．３５（５Ｈ， ｍ）。

(S) -2- (3-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester in a mixture of MeOH (40 mL) and EtOAc (10 mL) To a solution of (4 g, 8.92 mmol) was added 10% Pd / C (500 mg). The mixture was degassed and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere (balloon pressure). The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of celite, after which the pad was flushed with MeOH. The combined filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a white solid (2.6 g, 92%); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ 1.48 (9H, s) 3.32 (1H, dd), 3.52 (1H, dd), 3.95 (2H, brs), 5.55 (1H, dd), 6.00 (1H, t), 6.55. (1H, d), 6.72 (1H, d), 7.18-7.35 (5H, m).

(Method C)
((S) -2- (3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester)

ジクロロメタン（５０ｍＬ）中の（Ｓ）−２−（３−アミノ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（２．６ｇ、８．２６ｍｍｏｌ）の冷却した（０℃）溶液に、トリエチルアミン（９１８ｍｇ、９．０９ｍｍｏｌ）およびＤＭＡＰ（２０ｍｇ）を加え、続いて、塩化ベンゾイル（１．２７ｇ、９．１ｍｍｏｌ）を１滴ずつ加えた。この反応混合物を室温で１２時間攪拌し、その後、ＥｔＯＡｃと飽和水性ＮＨ_４Ｃｌとに分配した。この有機層を水（３０ｍＬ）、ブライン（３０ｍＬ）で洗浄し、乾燥し（ＭｇＳＯ_４）、ろ過し、そしてエバポレートした。残渣をフラッシュクロマトグラフィー（１０〜２５％酢酸エチル／石油エーテル）によって精製して、表題の化合物を、無色の油状物（２．０７ｇ、６０％）として得た；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３）δ １．４８（９Ｈ，ｓ），３．３５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ），３．５５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ），５．５（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．２６（１Ｈ，ｔ），６．９０（１Ｈ，ｄ），７．１５（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．２８（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．５２（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．９５（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．５２（１Ｈ，ｄ），９．２２（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ）。

Of (S) -2- (3-amino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (2.6 g, 8.26 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL). To the cooled (0 ° C.) solution was added triethylamine (918 mg, 9.09 mmol) and DMAP (20 mg) followed by benzoyl chloride (1.27 g, 9.1 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours and then partitioned between EtOAc and saturated aqueous NH ₄ Cl. The organic layer was washed with water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (10-25% ethyl acetate / petroleum ether) to give the title compound as a colorless oil (2.07 g, 60%); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) Δ 1.48 (9H, s), 3.35 (1H, dd), 3.55 (1H, dd), 5.5 (1H, m), 6.26 (1H, t), 6.90 (1H, d), 7.15 (2H, m), 7.28 (3H, m), 7.52 (3H, m), 7.95 (2H, m), 8.52 (1H, d) , 9.22 (1H, br s).

(Method D)
((S) -2- (3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid)

ジクロロメタン（２５ｍＬ）中の（Ｓ）−２−（３−ベンゾイルアミノ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（２．０７ｇ、４．９５ｍｍｏｌ）の溶液を０℃まで冷却した。トリフルオロ酢酸（２５ｍＬ）を加え、生じた混合物を室温まで温め、そして５時間攪拌した。その後、この混合物を減圧下で濃縮し、残渣をジクロロメタンに再び溶解した。過剰なトリフルオロ酢酸を取り除くためにこのプロセスを数回繰り返した。生じた固体をジエチルエーテル内にスラリー化させ、ろ過し、さらなるジエチルエーテルで洗浄した。その後、この固体を、真空下で一定の重量になるまで乾燥した。これによって、表題の生成物を、白色の固体（１．６１ｇ、９０％）として得た；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３）δ ３．４８（１Ｈ，ｄｄ），３．６５（１Ｈ，ｄｄ），５．３２（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．３５（１Ｈ，ｔ），６．８０（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．０８（２Ｈ，ｄ），７．２７−７．３５（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．５６−７．６５（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．９２（２Ｈ，ｄ），８．６５（１Ｈ，ｄ），９．１８（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ）。

(S) -2- (3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (2.07 g, 4.95 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) The solution of was cooled to 0 ° C. Trifluoroacetic acid (25 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 5 hours. The mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was redissolved in dichloromethane. This process was repeated several times to remove excess trifluoroacetic acid. The resulting solid was slurried in diethyl ether, filtered and washed with more diethyl ether. The solid was then dried to constant weight under vacuum. This gave the title product as a white solid (1.61 g, 90%); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ 3.48 (1H, dd), 3.65 (1H, dd ), 5.32 (1H, m), 6.35 (1H, t), 6.80 (1H, m), 7.08 (2H, d), 7.27-7.35 (3H, m) 7.56-7.65 (3H, m), 7.92 (2H, d), 8.65 (1H, d), 9.18 (1H, br s).

(Method E)
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4 (R, S ) -Hydroxy-pentanoic acid tert-butyl ester)

（Ｓ）−２−（３−ベンゾイルアミノ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸（２．２０ｇ、６．０７ｍｍｏｌ）、３（Ｒ，Ｓ）−アミノ−５−フルオロ−４（Ｒ，Ｓ）−ヒドロキシ−ペンタン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（１．３９ｇ、６．６８ｍｍｏｌ）、ＨＯＢｔ（９０２ｍｇ、６．６８ｍｍｏｌ）、ＤＭＡＰ（８５３ｍｇ、６．９８ｍｍｏｌ）およびＴＨＦ（２０ｍＬ）の攪拌した混合物を０℃まで冷却し、その後、ＥＤＣ（１．２８ｍｇ、６．６８ｍｍｏｌ）を加えた。この混合物を１６時間の間に室温まで温めて、その後、減圧下で濃縮した。この残渣をフラッシュクロマトグラフィー（３０−７０％〜５５−４５％酢酸エチル／ヘキサン）によって精製して、表題の化合物を、白色の泡状物質（１．２３ｇ、３２％）として得た；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３）δ ０．８８−０．９３（３Ｈ，ｍ），１．３５−１．４２（９Ｈ，２ｓ），２．５０−２．６５（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２０−３．３５（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．６０（１Ｈ，ｍ），３．９８（１Ｈ，ｍ），４．１０−４．３２（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．６２−５．７０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．４４（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．８０−６．９８（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．２１−７．４１（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．５５−７．６２（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．９５（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．５８（１Ｈ，ｔ），９．１８（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ）。

(S) -2- (3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid (2.20 g, 6.07 mmol), 3 (R, S) -amino- 5-Fluoro-4 (R, S) -hydroxy-pentanoic acid tert-butyl ester (1.39 g, 6.68 mmol), HOBt (902 mg, 6.68 mmol), DMAP (853 mg, 6.98 mmol) and THF (20 mL) ) Was cooled to 0 ° C. and then EDC (1.28 mg, 6.68 mmol) was added. The mixture was warmed to room temperature over 16 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (30-70% to 55-45% ethyl acetate / hexanes) to give the title compound as a white foam (1.23 g, 32%); ¹ H _{NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ} 0.88-0.93 (3H, m), 1.35-1.42 (9H, 2s), 2.50-2.65 (2H, m), 3.20 -3.35 (2H, m), 3.60 (1H, m), 3.98 (1H, m), 4.10-4.32 (3H, m), 5.62-5.70 (1H , M), 6.44 (1H, m), 6.80-6.98 (1H, m), 7.21-7.41 (5H, m), 7.55-7.62 (3H, m ), 7.95 (2H, m), 8.58 (1H, t), 9.18 (1H, br s).

(Method F)
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4-oxo-pe Tert-butyl ester)

無水ＤＣＭ（２５ｍＬ）中の３（Ｒ，Ｓ）−［２（Ｓ）−（３−ベンゾイルアミノ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−３−フェニル−プロピオニルアミノ］−５−フルオロ−４（Ｒ，Ｓ）−ヒドロキシ−ぺンタン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（１．２３ｇ、２．２３ｍｍｏｌ）の攪拌した溶液を、１，１，１−トリアセトキシ−１，１−ジヒドロ−１，２−ベンズヨードキソール−３（１Ｈ）−オン（Ｄｅｓｓ−Ｍａｒｔｉｎペルヨージナン）（１．１３ｇ、２．６７ｍｍｏｌ）により０℃で処理した。生じた混合物を０℃で２時間保ち、酢酸エチルで希釈し、その後、飽和した水性炭酸水素ナトリウムと飽和した水性チオ硫酸ナトリウムとの１：１混合物中に、注いだ。この有機層を取り除き、水性層を酢酸エチルで再び抽出した。合わせた有機抽出物を乾燥し（硫酸マグネシウム）、そして濃縮した。この残渣を、フラッシュクロマトグラフィー（４０−６０％酢酸エチル／石油エーテル）によって精製して、表題の化合物を、赤色のゴム状物質（７７６ｍｇ、６４％）として得た；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３）δ １．３２−１．４０（３Ｈ，ｓ），２．６０（１Ｈ，ｍ），２．９２（１Ｈ，ｍ），３．２７（１Ｈ，ｍ），３．６１（１Ｈ，ｍ），４．７８−４．８８（１Ｈ，ｍ），４．９７−５．０５（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．７７（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．４３（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．２２−７．３８（７Ｈ，ｍ），７．５４−７．６５（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．９５（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．６２（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．２２（１Ｈ，ｍ）。

3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro in anhydrous DCM (25 mL) A stirred solution of -4 (R, S) -hydroxy-pentanoic acid tert-butyl ester (1.23 g, 2.23 mmol) was added to 1,1,1-triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2 Treated at 0 ° C. with benziodoxol-3 (1H) -one (Dess-Martin periodinane) (1.13 g, 2.67 mmol). The resulting mixture was kept at 0 ° C. for 2 hours, diluted with ethyl acetate and then poured into a 1: 1 mixture of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate. The organic layer was removed and the aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried (magnesium sulfate) and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (40-60% ethyl acetate / petroleum ether) to give the title compound as a red gum (776 mg, 64%); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ 1.32-1.40 (3H, s), 2.60 (1H, m), 2.92 (1H, m), 3.27 (1H, m), 3.61 (1H, m) ), 4.78-4.88 (1H, m), 4.97-5.05 (2H, m), 5.77 (1H, m), 6.43 (1H, m), 7.22- 7.38 (7H, m), 7.54-7.65 (3H, m), 7.95 (2H, m), 8.62 (1H, m), 9.22 (1H, m).

(Method G)
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4-oxo-pe Ntanic acid)

ジクロロメタン（６ｍＬ）中の３（Ｒ，Ｓ）−［２（Ｓ）−（３−ベンゾイルアミノ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−３−フェニル−プロピオニルアミノ］−５−フルオロ−４−オキソ−ぺンタン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（７７６ｍｇ、１．４１ｍｍｏｌ）の溶液を０℃まで冷却した。トリフルオロ酢酸（２ｍＬ）を加えて、生じた混合物を室温まで温めて、そして３時間攪拌した。その後、この混合物を減圧下で濃縮し、この残渣をジクロロメタンに再び溶解させた。過剰のトリフルオロ酢酸を取り除くためにこのプロセスを数回繰り返した。その後、この固体を、真空下で一定の重量になるまで乾燥した。これによって、表題の生成物を、ピンク色の固体（６２７ｍｇ、９０％）として得た；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．５９−２．９５（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．３４−３．４７（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．３０−４．８１（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．１５−５．３３（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．８７−６．０９（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．３８（１Ｈ，ｔ），７．１５−７．３２（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．６０−７．７８（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．９２（２Ｈ，ｄ），８．１７−８．２１（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．０１−９．１１（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．２８（１Ｈ，ｍ），１２．５１（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ）；^１９Ｆ ＮＭＲ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２２６．８，２３２．６；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４９４．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ４９２．４。

3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro- in dichloromethane (6 mL) A solution of 4-oxo-pentanoic acid tert-butyl ester (776 mg, 1.41 mmol) was cooled to 0 ° C. Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3 hours. The mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was redissolved in dichloromethane. This process was repeated several times to remove excess trifluoroacetic acid. The solid was then dried to constant weight under vacuum. This gave the title product as a pink solid (627 mg, 90%); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.59-2.95 (2H, m), 3.34 -3.47 (2H, m), 4.30-4.81 (2H, m), 5.15-5.33 (2H, m), 5.87-6.09 (1H, m), 6 .38 (1H, t), 7.15-7.32 (5H, m), 7.60-7.78 (4H, m), 7.92 (2H, d), 8.17-8.21 (1H, m), 9.01-9.11 (1H, m), 9.28 (1H, m), 12.51 (1H, br s); ¹⁹ F NMR (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton- Decoupling) δ-226.8, 232.6; M + H 494.4, M−H 492.4.

Example II.2
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -4-phenyl-butyrylamino] -5-fluoro-4-oxo-pentane acid)

方法ＡにおいてＮ−（２−オキソ−１，２−ジヒドロ−ピリジン−３−イル）ベンズアミドおよび（Ｒ）−２−ヒドロキシ−４−フェニル−酪酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（Ｌｅｉら、Ｊ．Ｃａｒｂｏｈｙｄｒａｔｅ Ｃｈｅｍｉｓｔｒｙ、１５、４、１９９６、４８５−５００内で報告されている方法と類似した方法を使用して調製した）を使用し、方法Ａおよび方法Ｄ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；白色固体；ＩＲ（固体）１６４３，１５７８，１５２１，１４９０，１２１３，７５３ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００Ｍｈｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．３−２．９（６Ｈ，ｍ），３．５−３．７（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．３−４．７（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．１−５．３５（１．５Ｈ，ｍ），５．６−５．８（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．４−６．４５（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．２−７．３５（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．６−７．８（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．９−８．０（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．３−８．３５（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．９−９．０（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．３５−９．４（１Ｈ，ｍ）；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５０８．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ５０６．４。

In Method A, N- (2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl) benzamide and (R) -2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butyric acid tert-butyl ester (Lei et al., J. Carbohydrate Chemistry, Prepared using methods similar to those reported in US Pat. No. 15, 4, 1996, 485-500) and prepared according to Method A and Methods DG; white solid; IR (solid) 1643, 1578, 1521, 1490, 1213, 753 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 Mhz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.3-2.9 (6H, m), 3.5-3.7 (2H, m) , 4.3-4.7 (3H, m), 5.1-5.35 (1.5H, m), 5.6-5.8 (1H, m), 6.4-6.45 ( 1H, m , 7.2-7.35 (5H, m), 7.6-7.8 (4H, m), 7.9-8.0 (2H, m), 8.3-8.35 (1H, m), 8.9-9.0 (1H, m), 9.35-9.4 (1H, m); M + H 508.4, M-H 506.4.

Example II.3
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-5-methyl-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4 -Oxo-pentanoic acid)

工程ＡにおいてＮ−（５−メチル−２−オキソ−１，２−ジヒドロ−ピリジン−３−イル）−ベンズアミドおよび（Ｒ）−２−ヒドロキシ−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステルを使用し、方法Ａおよび方法Ｄ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；白色固体；ＩＲ（固体）１６５０，１５１６，１２２４，６９２ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ０．８３−０．８６（３Ｈ，ｍ），２．３０−２．６７（４Ｈ，ｍ），４．３２−４．９５（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．１２−５．２４（１Ｈ，ｍ），５．８３−６．０４（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１５−７．６１（９Ｈ，ｍ），７．８６−７．８８（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．１１−８．１２（１Ｈ，ｍ，８．７０−９．０２（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．２１（１Ｈ，ｄ），１２．４１（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ）；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５０８．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ５０６．４。

In Step A, using N- (5-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl) -benzamide and (R) -2-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester , Method A and Methods DG; white solid; IR (solid) 1650, 1516, 1224, 692 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 0.83-0.86 (3H M), 2.30-2.67 (4H, m), 4.32-4.95 (2H, m), 5.12-5.24 (1H, m), 5.83-6.04. (1H, m), 7.15-7.61 (9H, m), 7.86-7.88 (2H, m), 8.11-8.12 (1H, m, 8.70-9. 02 (1H, m), 9.21 (1H, d), 12.41 ( H, br s); M + H 508.4, M-H 506.4.

Example II.4
(3 (R, S)-{2 (S)-[3- (2,6-Dimethyl-benzoylamino) -2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl] -3-phenyl-propionylamino} -5 -Fluoro-4-oxo-pentanoic acid)

方法Ｃにおいて２，６−ジメチル−ベンゾイルクロリドを使用し、方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；オフホワイト色の固体；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．５０（６Ｈ，ｓ），２．５１−２．９８（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．１５−３．４５（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．１５−３．３０（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．６１−６．００（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．２５（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．００−７．２５（８Ｈ，ｍ），７．４５−７．７０（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．１２（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．６５−９．１０（２Ｈ，ｍ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２２６．８，−２２６．８，−２２７．５，−２３０．８，−２３１．８，−２３２．７，−２３２．８，−２３２．８，−２３２．９，−２３３．４；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５２２．５，Ｍ−Ｈ ５２０．５。

Prepared according to Methods AG, using 2,6-dimethyl-benzoyl chloride in Method C; off-white solid; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.50 (6H, s), 2.51-2.98 (2H, m), 3.15-3.45 (2H, m), 4.15-3.30 (3H, m), 5.61-6.00 (1H, m ), 6.25 (1H, m), 7.00-7.25 (8H, m), 7.45-7.70 (1H, m), 8.12 (1H, m), 8.65- 9.10 (2H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling) δ −226.8, −226.8, −227.5, −230.8, −231.8, − 232.7, −232.8, −232.8, −232.9, −233.4; M + H 5 2.5, M-H 520.5.

Example II.5
(3 (R, S)-{2 (S)-[3- (2,6-dichloro-benzoylamino) -2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl] -3-phenyl-propionylamino} -5 -Fluoro-4-oxo-pentanoic acid)

方法Ｃにおいて２，６−ジクロロ−ベンゾイルクロリドを使用し、方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．３５−２．９９（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．０５−３．５０（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．１５−５．３５（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．６６−６．０５（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．２９（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１０−７．３０（５Ｈ，ｍ） ７．３７−７．５２（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．５１−７．７０（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．２５（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．７０−９．１１（１Ｈ，ｍ），１０．００−１０．１５（１Ｈ，ｍ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２２６．７，−２２６．８，−２３０．７，−２３１．４，−２３２．６，−２３２．７，−２３２．９；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５６２．２８，Ｍ−Ｈ ５６０．２８。

Prepared according to Methods AG, using 2,6-dichloro-benzoyl chloride in Method C; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.35-2.99 (2H, m), 3. 05-3.50 (2H, m), 4.15-5.35 (3H, m), 5.66-6.05 (1H, m), 6.29 (1H, m), 7.10- 7.30 (5H, m) 7.37-7.52 (3H, m), 7.51-7.70 (1H, m), 8.25 (1H, m), 8.70-9.11 (1H, m), 10.00-10.15 (1H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling) δ-226.7, −226.8, −230.7, − 231.4, -232.6, -232.7, -232.9; M + H 562.28, M-H 60.28.

Example II.6
(3 (R, S)-{2 (S)-[3- (3,3-Diethyl-ureido) -2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl] -3-phenyl-propionylamino} -5 Fluoro-4-oxo-pentanoic acid)

（方法Ｈ）
（（Ｓ）−２−［３−（３，３−ジエチル−ウレイド）−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル］−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル）

(Method H)
((S) -2- [3- (3,3-Diethyl-ureido) -2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl] -3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester)

ジクロロエタン（３ｍＬ）中の（Ｓ）−２−（３−アミノ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−３−フェニル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（５００ｍｇ、１．５９ｍｍｏｌ）の冷却した（０℃）溶液に、トリエチルアミン（０．２５４ｍＬ、１．８２ｍｍｏｌ）を加えた。ジクロロエタン（７ｍＬ）中のジホスゲン（０．１１ｍＬ、０．９１ｍｍｏｌ）の溶液中に、０℃で１０分にわたってこの溶液を一滴ずつ加えた。この反応混合物を室温で９０分攪拌し、その後、ＥｔＯＡｃと水性の１ＭのＨＣｌとに分配した。この有機層をブラインで洗浄し、乾燥し（ＭｇＳＯ_４）、ろ過し、そしてエバポレートして、イソシアネートを茶色の油状物として得た。

Cooled (S) -2- (3-amino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (500 mg, 1.59 mmol) in dichloroethane (3 mL). To the (0 ° C.) solution was added triethylamine (0.254 mL, 1.82 mmol). This solution was added dropwise into a solution of diphosgene (0.11 mL, 0.91 mmol) in dichloroethane (7 mL) at 0 ° C. over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes and then partitioned between EtOAc and aqueous 1M HCl. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and evaporated to give the isocyanate as a brown oil.

To a cooled (0 ° C.) solution of the isocyanate prepared above (541 mg, 1.59 mmol) in dichloroethane (8 mL) was added triethylamine (0.24 mL, 1.75 mmol) followed by diethylamine (0.16 mL, 1 .59 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then partitioned between EtOAc and aqueous 1M HCl. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and evaporated to give a brown oily residue that was purified by flash column chromatography (25-75% ethyl acetate / hexanes). Diethylurea was obtained as a light pink oil. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ 1.48 (9H, s), 3.35 (1H, dd), 3.55 (1H, dd), 5.5 (1H, m), 6.26 ( 1H, t), 6.90 (1H, d), 7.15 (2H, m), 7.28 (3H, m), 7.52 (3H, m), 7.95 (2H, m), 8.52 (1H, d), 9.22 (1H, brs).

This intermediate is included in the order set forth in Methods DG, thereby providing Example II. 6 was obtained as a light pink solid; IR (solid) 1794, 1737, 1664, 1640, 1588, 1515, 1458, 1414, 1382, 1353, 1220, 1066 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6− DMSO) δ 1.08-1.12 (6H, m), 2.50-2.90 (2H, m), 3.20-3.55 (6H, m), 4.30-5.30 ( 3H, m), 5.85 (1H, m), 6.19 (1H, m), 7.15-7.37 (6H, m), 7.64 (1H, m), 7.86 (1H) , M), 9.00 (1H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling) δ −226.8, −226.8, −230.8, −231.6, −232 .9, -233.0; M + H 489.4 M- H 487.4.

Example II.7
(5-Fluoro-4-oxo-3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(2-oxo-3-phenylacetylamino-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino-pentane acid)

方法Ｃにおいてフェニルアセチルクロリドを使用し、方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；薄いピンク色の固体；ＩＲ（固体）１７８９，１７４２，１６８５，１６４３，１５８７，１５１６，１４５１ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．５０−２．９０（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２７−３．４１（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．７６（２Ｈ，ｓ），４．３０−５．３０（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．９０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．１７（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１５−７．３１（１０Ｈ，ｍ），７．５０（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．００（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．８５（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．２５（１Ｈ，ｍ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２２２．０，−２２２．１，−２２６．０，−２２６．５，−２２７．９，−２２８．０；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５０８．５，Ｍ−Ｈ ５０６．５。

Prepared according to Methods AG using phenylacetyl chloride in Method C; pale pink solid; IR (solid) 1789, 1742, 1685, 1643, 1587, 1516, 1451 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz , D6-DMSO) δ 2.50-2.90 (2H, m), 3.27-3.41 (2H, m), 3.76 (2H, s), 4.30-5.30 (3H , M), 5.90 (1H, m), 6.17 (1H, m), 7.15-7.31 (10H, m), 7.50 (1H, m), 8.00 (1H, m), 8.85 (1H, m), 9.25 (1 H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling) δ-222.0, -222.1, -226. 0, -226.5, -227.9, -22 .0; M + H 508.5, M-H 506.5.

Example II.8
(3 (S)-{2 (S)-[3- (2,6-dichloro-benzoylamino) -2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl] -3-phenyl-propionylamino} -4-oxo -5- (2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-phenoxy) -pentanoic acid)

方法Ｃにおいて２，６−ジクロロ−ベンゾイルクロリドを使用し、そして工程Ｅにおいて３（Ｓ）−アミノ−４（Ｒ，Ｓ）−ヒドロキシ−５−（２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロ−フェノキシ）−ペンタン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステルを使用し、方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；ピンク色の固体；ＩＲ（固体）１６７５，１６３４，１５１１，１４２９ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．６１−２．８０（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２９−３．５２（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．６７−４．７３（１Ｈ，ｍ），５．２２（２Ｈ，ｄｄ），５．８７−５．９３（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．２６−６．３１（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１２−７．２８（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．４１−７．７２（５Ｈ，ｍ），８．２６（１Ｈ，ｄ），９．１２（１Ｈ，ｄ），１０．０５（１Ｈ，ｓ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −１４０．５，−１４０．６，−１４０．６，−１４０．６，−１４１．０，−１４１．０，−１４１．０，−１４１．１，−１５６．９，−１５６．９，−１５６．９，−１５６．９，−１５７．０；Ｍ＋Ｈ ７０８．１ Ｍ−Ｈ ７０６．０。

2,6-Dichloro-benzoyl chloride is used in Method C and 3 (S) -amino-4 (R, S) -hydroxy-5- (2,3,5,6-tetrafluoro-phenoxy in Step E ) -Pentanoic acid tert-butyl ester, prepared according to methods AG; pink solid; IR (solid) 1675, 1634, 1511, 1429 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.61-2.80 (2H, m), 3.29-3.52 (2H, m), 4.67-4.73 (1H, m), 5.22 (2H, dd), 5 .87-5.93 (1H, m), 6.26-6.31 (1H, m), 7.12-7.28 (5H, m), 7.41-7.72 (5H, m) , 8.26 (1H, d), 9.12 (1H, d) ^{10.05 (1H, s); 19} F (376MHz, d6-DMSO, proton - decoupled) δ -140.5, -140.6, -140.6, -140.6, -141.0, - 141.0, -141.0, -141.1, -156.9, -156.9, -156.9, -156.9, -157.0; M + H 708.1 MH 706.0.

Example II.9
(5-Fluoro-4-oxo-3 (R, S)-{2 (S)-[2-oxo-3- (3-phenyl-ureido) -2H-pyridin-1-yl] -3-phenyl- Propionylamino} -pentanoic acid)

方法Ｃにおいてフェニルイソシアネートを使用し、方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；オフホワイト色の固体；ＩＲ（固体）１７８０，１７３７，１６７１，１６３８，１６０１，１５４４，１４９８ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．５０−２．９０（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２０−３．５５（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．３０−５．３０（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．９０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．２０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．８５（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１０−７．４５（１１Ｈ，ｍ），８．００（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．５０（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．００（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．５０（１Ｈ，ｍ），１２．５０（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２２６．８，−２２６．８，−２２７．５，−２３０．９，−２３１．３，−２３２．７，−２３２．８，−２３３．４；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５０９．５ Ｍ−Ｈ ５０７．４５。

Prepared according to methods AG, using phenyl isocyanate in Method C; off-white solid; IR (solid) 1780, 1737, 1671, 1638, 1601, 1544, 1498 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.50-2.90 (2H, m), 3.20-3.55 (2H, m), 4.30-5.30 (3H, m), 5.90 (1H, m), 6.20 (1H, m), 6.85 (1H, m), 7.10-7.45 (11H, m), 8.00 (1H, m), 8.50 (1H, m) ), 9.00 (1H, m), 9.50 (1H, m), 12.50 (1H, br s); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling) δ-226.8, -226.8, -227.5, -23 .9, -231.3, -232.7, -232.8, -233.4; M + H 509.5 M-H 507.45.

Example II.10.
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-5-trifluoromethyl-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro -4-oxo-pentanoic acid)

方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって、Ｎ−（２−オキソ−５−トリフルオロメチル−１，２−ジヒドロ−ピリジン−３−イル）−カルバミン酸ベンジルエステルから調製した；ＩＲ 固体
１６５５，１５２１，１４５０，１３２２，１１７３，１１２７ｃｍ^−１；； ^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．６０−２．９１（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．４５−３．６４（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．６５（１Ｈ，ｍ），５．１８−５．３７（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．８１−５．９７（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１６−７．２５（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．５２−７．６３（３Ｈ，ｍ），７．８９−７．９１（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．０２−８．１４（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．３５（１Ｈ，ｓ），９．１０−９．１９（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．４１（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ），１２．６９（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −６１．３． −６１．３，−２２６．７，−２２６．９，−２３２．６，−２３２．７；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５６２．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ５６０．４。

Prepared from N- (2-oxo-5-trifluoromethyl-1,2-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl) -carbamic acid benzyl ester according to Methods AG; IR solid 1655,1521,1450,1322 ^{, 1173,1127cm -1 ;; 1 H NMR (} 400MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.60-2.91 (2H, m), 3.45-3.64 (2H, m), 4.65 (1H M), 5.18-5.37 (2H, m), 5.81-5.97 (1H, m), 7.16-7.25 (5H, m), 7.52-7.63. (3H, m), 7.89-7.91 (2H, m), 8.02-8.14 (1H, m), 8.35 (1H, s), 9.10-9.19 (1H , m), 9.41 (1H, br s), 12.69 (1H, br s); 19 F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling) δ-61.3. −61.3, −226.7, −226.9, −232.6, −232.7; M + H 562.4, M−H 560.4.

(Example II.11)
(5-Fluoro-3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-isobutyrylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -4-oxo -Pentanoic acid)

方法Ｃにおいて塩化イソブチリルを使用し、方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；オフホワイト色の固体；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ １．０５（６Ｈ，ｍ），２．５０−２．９９（３Ｈ，ｍ），３．１１−３．５０（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．２０−５．３５（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．７０−６．１０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．２１（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．０７−７．２８（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．４０−７．６０（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．８５−８．１５（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．６５−９．１０（２Ｈ，ｍ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２２６．７，−２２６．８，−２３０．７，−２３１．３，−２３２．７，−２３２．７；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４６０．２，Ｍ−Ｈ ４５８．２。

Prepared according to Methods AG using isobutyryl chloride in Method C; off-white solid; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 1.05 (6H, m), 2.50-2. 99 (3H, m), 3.11-3.50 (2H, m), 4.20-5.35 (3H, m), 5.70-6.10 (1H, m), 6.21 ( 1H, m), 7.07-7.28 (5H, m), 7.40-7.60 (1H, m), 7.85-8.15 (1H, m), 8.65-9. 10 (2H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling) δ −226.7, −226.8, −230.7, −231.3, −232.7, −232. 7; M + H 460.2, M-H 458.2.

Example II.12.
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-thiophen-3-yl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4 -Oxo-pentanoic acid)

方法ＡにおいてＮ−（２−オキソ−１，２−ジヒドロ−ピリジン−３−イル）−ベンズアミドおよび２−ヒドロキシ−３−チオフェン−３−イルプロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（Ｌｅｉら、Ｊ．Ｃａｒｂｏｈｙｄｒａｔｅ Ｃｈｅｍｉｓｔｒｙ、１５、４、１９９６、４８５−５００中で報告されている方法と類似した方法を使用して調製された）を使用し、方法Ａおよび方法Ｄ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；ＩＲ（固体）１６７５，１６４４，１５７８，１５２１，７０５ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００Ｍｈｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．６−２．９（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．５−３．７（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．３−４．７（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．１−５．３５（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．７−５．９（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．３−６．４（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．８−６．９（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．１５−７．２（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．３−７．３５（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．４−７．６（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．９−７．９（２Ｈ，ｍ），８．２−８．２５（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．０−９．１（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．２５−９．３（１Ｈ，ｍ）；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５００．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ４９８．４。

In Method A, N- (2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl) -benzamide and 2-hydroxy-3-thiophen-3-ylpropionic acid tert-butyl ester (Lei et al., J. Carbohydrate Chemistry). , 15, 4, 1996, 485-500) and prepared according to Method A and Methods DG; IR (solid) 1675 , 1644, 1578, 1521, 705 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 Mhz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.6-2.9 (2H, m), 3.5-3.7 (2H, m), 4. 3-4.7 (3H, m), 5.1-5.35 (2H, m), 5.7-5.9 (1H, m), 6.3-6.4 (1H, m), 6.8- .9 (2H, m), 7.15-7.2 (1H, m), 7.3-7.35 (1H, m), 7.4-7.6 (4H, m), 7.9 -7.9 (2H, m), 8.2-8.25 (1H, m), 9.0-9.1 (1H, m), 9.25-9.3 (1H, m); M + H 500.4, M-H 498.4.

Example II.13
(5-Fluoro-4-oxo-3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(2-oxo-3-propionylamino-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -pentane acid)

方法Ｃにおいて塩化プロピオニルを使用し、方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；ベージュ色の固体；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００Ｍｈｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ０．９９−１．０２（３Ｈ，ｍ），２．３６−２．４２（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．５３−２．９４（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．２１−３．４５（３Ｈ，ｍ），４．３３−５．２９（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．８０−６．０２（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．１６−６．２１（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１１−７．２３（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．４３−７．５３（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．０８−８．１３（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．６８−９．０５（２Ｈ，ｍ），１２．５０（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ）；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４４６．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ４４４．４。

Prepared according to Methods AG, using propionyl chloride in Method C; beige solid; ¹ H NMR (400 Mhz, d6-DMSO) δ 0.99-1.02 (3H, m), 2.36 -2.42 (2H, m), 2.53-2.94 (2H, m), 3.21-3.45 (3H, m), 4.33-5.29 (3H, m), 5 .80-6.02 (1H, m), 6.16-6.21 (1H, m), 7.11-7.23 (5H, m), 7.43-7.53 (1H, m) , 8.08-8.13 (1H, m), 8.68-9.05 (2H, m), 12.50 (1H, br s); M + H 446.4, M-H 444.4.

Example II.14
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-thiophen-2-yl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4 -Oxo-pentanoic acid)

方法ＡにおいてＮ−（２−オキソ−１，２−ジヒドロ−ピリジン−３−イル）−ベンズアミドおよび２−ヒドロキシ−３−チオフェン−２−イル−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（Ｌｅｉら、Ｊ．Ｃａｒｂｏｈｙｄｒａｔｅ Ｃｈｅｍｉｓｔｒｙ、１５、４、１９９６、４８５−５００内で報告されている方法と類似した方法を使用して調製した）を使用し、方法Ａおよび方法Ｄ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；ＩＲ（固体）１６４４，１５２１，７０５ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ ２．６−２．９（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．５−３．７（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．３−４．７（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．１−５．３５（１．５Ｈ，ｍ），５．７−５．９（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．３−６．４（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．８−６．９（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．３−７．３５（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．４−７．７（４Ｈ，ｍ），７．９−８．０（３Ｈ，ｍ），８．２−８．２５（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．０−９．１（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．２５−９．３（１Ｈ，ｍ）；Ｍ＋Ｈ ５００．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ４９８．４。

In Method A, N- (2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl) -benzamide and 2-hydroxy-3-thiophen-2-yl-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (Lei et al., J. Carbohydrate) Prepared using methods similar to those reported in Chemistry, 15, 4, 1996, 485-500) and prepared according to Method A and Methods DG; IR (solid) 1644 , 1521, 705 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.6-2.9 (2H, m), 3.5-3.7 (2H, m), 4.3-4. 7 (3H, m), 5.1-5.35 (1.5H, m), 5.7-5.9 (1H, m), 6.3-6.4 (1H, m), 6. 8-6.9 (2H, m , 7.3-7.35 (1H, m), 7.4-7.7 (4H, m), 7.9-8.0 (3H, m), 8.2-8.25 (1H, m), 9.0-9.1 (1H, m), 9.25-9.3 (1H, m); M + H 500.4, M-H 498.4.

Example II.15
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-Benzoylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3- (1H-indol-3-yl) -propionylamino] -5 -Fluoro-4-oxo-pentanoic acid)

（方法Ｉ）
（（Ｓ）−３−［２−ｔｅｒｔ−ブトキシカルボニル−２−（３−メトキシカルボニル−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−エチル］−インドール−１−カルボン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル）

(Method I)
((S) -3- [2-tert-butoxycarbonyl-2- (3-methoxycarbonyl-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -ethyl] -indole-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester)

メタノール（１５ｍＬ）中の（Ｓ）−３−（２−アミノ−２−ｔｅｒｔ−ブトキシカルボニル−エチル）−インドール−１−カルボン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（２．５ｇ、７ｍｍｏｌ）の溶液に、２−（３−メトキシ−アリリデン）−マロン酸ジメチルエステル（１．５ｇ、７ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温で一晩攪拌した。ナトリウムメトキシド（７８ｍｇ、１．４ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、室温で３時間攪拌した。この反応混合物を水（５０ｍＬ）で希釈し、酢酸エチル（６０ｍＬ）で抽出した。この有機層をブラインで洗浄し、乾燥し（ＭｇＳＯ_４）、ろ過し、そしてエバポレートして、粗製生成物を得、これをフラッシュクロマトグラフィー（３０〜７０％酢酸エチル／石油エーテル）で精製して、表題の化合物を、白色固体（２．３ｇ、５７％）として得た；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３）δ １．４３（９Ｈ，ｓ）１．７２（９Ｈ，ｓ），３．５０（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．９１（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．６８（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ），６．０８（１Ｈ，ｔ），７．２−７．５（５Ｈ，ｍ），８．１５（２Ｈ，ｍ）；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４９７．５，Ｍ−Ｈ ４９５．５。

To a solution of (S) -3- (2-amino-2-tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethyl) -indole-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (2.5 g, 7 mmol) in methanol (15 mL) was added 2- (3-Methoxy-arylidene) -malonic acid dimethyl ester (1.5 g, 7 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. Sodium methoxide (78 mg, 1.4 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (60 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and evaporated to give the crude product which was purified by flash chromatography (30-70% ethyl acetate / petroleum ether). The title compound was obtained as a white solid (2.3 g, 57%); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ 1.43 (9H, s) 1.72 (9H, s), 3.50 (2H, m), 3.91 (3H, m), 5.68 (1H, br s), 6.08 (1H, t), 7.2-7.5 (5H, m), 8.15 (2H, m); M + H 497.5, M-H 495.5.

(Method J)
((S) -3- [2-tert-butoxycarbonyl-2- (3-carboxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -ethyl] -indole-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester)

ジオキサン（６０ｍＬ）中の（Ｓ）−３−［２−ｔｅｒｔ−ブトキシカルボニル−２−（３−メトキシカルボニル−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−エチル］−インドール−１−カルボン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（２．３ｇ、４．７ｍｍｏｌ）の溶液に、水（３０ｍＬ）中の水酸化リチウム（１１５ｍｇ、４．７ｍｍｏｌ）を加えた。この混合物を室温で一晩攪拌した。この混合物を水で希釈し、１ＭのＨＣｌでｐＨ３まで酸性化し、酢酸エチルで抽出した。この有機層をブラインで洗浄し、乾燥し（ＭｇＳＯ_４）、ろ過し、そしてエバポレートして、粗製成物を、白色固体（１．９ｇ、８５％）として得、これを次の段階でこれ以上精製することなしに使用した；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３）δ １．４５（９Ｈ，ｓ），１．７４（９Ｈ，ｓ），３．５０（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．６５（１Ｈ，ｂｒ ｓ），６．０８（１Ｈ，ｔ），７．２−７．５（５Ｈ，ｍ），８．１５（２Ｈ，ｍ）。

(S) -3- [2-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-2- (3-methoxycarbonyl-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -ethyl] -indole-1-carboxylic acid in dioxane (60 mL) To a solution of tert-butyl ester (2.3 g, 4.7 mmol) was added lithium hydroxide (115 mg, 4.7 mmol) in water (30 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with water, acidified with 1M HCl to pH 3 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and evaporated to give the crude product as a white solid (1.9 g, 85%) which was further taken in the next step. Used without purification; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.74 (9H, s), 3.50 (2H, m), 5.65 (1H , Br s), 6.08 (1H, t), 7.2-7.5 (5H, m), 8.15 (2H, m).

(Method K)
(3- [2- (3-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -2-tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethyl] -indole-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester)

ジオキサン中の（Ｓ）−３−［２−ｔｅｒｔ−ブトキシカルボニル−２−（３−カルボキシ−２−オキソ−２Ｈ−ピリジン−１−イル）−エチル］−インドール−１−カルボン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（１．８ｇ、３．７ｍｍｏｌ）の攪拌した溶液に、トリエチルアミン（５８０ｍｇ、５．９ｍｍｏｌ）、ジフェニルホスホリルアジド（９１．５ｇ、５．６ｍｍｏｌ）、およびベンジルアルコール（６８０ｍｇ、６．３ｍｍｏｌ）を加え、この混合物を１００℃で１８時間還流した。この混合物を濃縮し、そして酢酸エチルと飽和した炭酸水素塩とに分配した。この有機層をブラインで洗浄し、乾燥し（ＭｇＳＯ_４）、ろ過し、そしてエバポレートして、粗製生成物を得、これをフラッシュクロマトグラフィー（３０〜７０％エチルアセテート／石油エーテル）で精製して、表題の化合物を、白色固体（１．３ｇ、５９％）として得た；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３）δ
１．４８（９Ｈ，ｓ），１．７３（９Ｈ，ｓ），３．４５（１Ｈ，ｍ），３．６５（１Ｈ，ｍ），５．２−５．２５（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．６０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．１５（１Ｈ，ｔ），６．８５（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．２５−７．５５（９Ｈ，ｍ），７．９５（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．０２−８．１８（２Ｈ，ｍ）。

(S) -3- [2-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-2- (3-carboxy-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -ethyl] -indole-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester in dioxane To a stirred solution of (1.8 g, 3.7 mmol) was added triethylamine (580 mg, 5.9 mmol), diphenylphosphoryl azide (91.5 g, 5.6 mmol), and benzyl alcohol (680 mg, 6.3 mmol), The mixture was refluxed at 100 ° C. for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated and partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated bicarbonate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and evaporated to give the crude product which was purified by flash chromatography (30-70% ethyl acetate / petroleum ether). The title compound was obtained as a white solid (1.3 g, 59%); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ
1.48 (9H, s), 1.73 (9H, s), 3.45 (1H, m), 3.65 (1H, m), 5.2-5.25 (2H, m), 5 .60 (1H, m), 6.15 (1H, t), 6.85 (1H, m), 7.25-7.55 (9H, m), 7.95 (1H, m), 8. 02-8.18 (2H, m).

The product from Method K was included in a series of reactions BG, which gave the title compound as an off-white solid; IR (solid) 1669,1643,1578,1522,1490,1212 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 2.5-2.8 (2H, m), 3.4-3.6 (2H, m), 4.35-4.6 (1H, m), 4.65-4.8 (1H, m), 5.15-5.3 (1H, m), 5.85-6.0 (1H, m), 6.3-6.35 (1H, m) ), 6.9-7.1 (3H, m), 7.25-7.3 (1H, m), 7.5-7.9 (8H, m), 8.2-8.25 (1H) , M), 9.1-9.3 (2H, m), 10.8-10.9 (1H, br s); 40-7.60 (1H, m), 7.85-8.15 (1H, m), 8.65-9.10 (2H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling ) -226.3, 226.7, -232.5, -232.6; M + H 533.0, M-H 530.9.

Example II.16
(3 (R, S)-[2 (S)-(3-ethanesulfonylamino-2-oxo-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -3-phenyl-propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4-oxo- Pentanic acid)

方法Ｃにおいてエタンスルホニルクロリドを使用し、方法Ａ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；薄い青色の固体；ＩＲ（固体）１７８７，１７４２，１６８５，１６４３，１５９０，１５５１，１４５６ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ １．０３−１．１４（３Ｈ，ｍ），２．５１−２．９４（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．３０−３．４１（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．３０−５．３０（３Ｈ，ｍ），５．９０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．２０（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．１４−７．２６（７Ｈ，ｍ），７．５８（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．８０（１Ｈ，ｍ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２２６．８，−２３０．８，−２３２．８，−２３２．９；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４８２．４ Ｍ−Ｈ ４８０．４。

Prepared according to Methods AG using ethanesulfonyl chloride in Method C; pale blue solid; IR (solid) 1787, 1742, 1685, 1643, 1590, 1551, 1456 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) [delta] 1.03-1.14 (3H, m), 2.51-2.94 (4H, m), 3.30-3.41 (2H, m), 4.30-5. 30 (3H, m), 5.90 (1H, m), 6.20 (1H, m), 7.14-7.26 (7H, m), 7.58 (1H, m), 8.80 (1H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, d6-DMSO, proton-decoupling) δ-226.8, -230.8, -232.8, -232.9; M + H 482.4 MH 480. 4.

(Example II.17)
(3 (R, S)-[4-Benzyloxy-2 (S)-(2-oxo-3-propionylamino-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -butyrylamino] -5-fluoro-4-oxo-pe Ntanic acid)

方法Ａにおいて（Ｒ）−４−ベンジルオキシ−２−ヒドロキシ−酪酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（Ｌｅｉら、Ｊ．Ｃａｒｂｏｈｙｄｒａｔｅ Ｃｈｅｍｉｓｔｒｙ、１５、４、１９９６、４８５−５００内で報告されている方法と類似した方法を使用して調製した）を使用し、方法Ａおよび方法Ｄ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；薄いピンク色の固体；ＩＲ（固体）１７８４，１７４０，１６７５，１５８９，１５１５，１４５１，１３６８ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ １．２３−１．２７（３Ｈ，ｔ），２．２０（１Ｈ，ｍ），２．４６−２．４８（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．５０（１Ｈ，ｍ），２．７５−３．０９（２Ｈ，ｍ），３．３９（１Ｈ，ｍ），３．５５（１Ｈ，ｍ），４．４２−４．５０（３Ｈ，ｍ），４．７０−５．０１（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．４７−５．８７（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．４０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．９８（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．０２−７．０６（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．６８（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．２６（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．４８（１Ｈ，ｍ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２３０．２，−２３０．４６，−２３１．９，−２３２，４；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４９０．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ４８８．４。

In Method A, a method similar to that reported in (R) -4-benzyloxy-2-hydroxy-butyric acid tert-butyl ester (Lei et al., J. Carbohydrate Chemistry, 15, 4, 1996, 485-500). 1) and prepared according to methods A and DG; pale pink solids; IR (solids) 1784, 1740, 1675, 1589, 1515, 1451, 1368 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 1.23-1.27 (3H, t), 2.20 (1H, m), 2.46-2.48 (2H, m), 2.50 (1H M), 2.75-3.09 (2H, m), 3.39 (1H, m), 3.55 (1H, m), 4.42-4.50 (3H, m), 4 70-5.01 (2H, m), 5.47-5.87 (1H, m), 6.40 (1H, m), 6.98 (1H, m), 7.02-7.06 ( 5H, m), 7.68 (1H, m), 8.26 (1H, m), 8.48 (1H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, CDCl ₃ , proton-decoupling) δ-230.2 , -230.46, -231.9, -232, 4; M + H 490.4, M-H 488.4.

Example II.18
(3 (R, S)-[3 (S) -Benzyloxy-2 (S)-(2-oxo-3-propionylamino-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -butyrylamino] -5-fluoro-4- Oxo-pentanoic acid)

方法Ａにおいて３（Ｓ）−ベンジルオキシ−２−（Ｒ）−ヒドロキシ−酪酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（Ｌｅｉら、Ｊ．Ｃａｒｂｏｈｙｄｒａｔｅ Ｃｈｅｍｉｓｔｒｙ、１５、４、１９９６、４８５−５００内で報告されている方法と類似した方法を使用して調製した）を使用し、方法Ａおよび方法Ｄ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；ＩＲ（固体）１７３８，１６４４，１５１８，１３７１，１２０５ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ １．１３−１．２５（３Ｈ，ｍ），１．２５−１．３５（３Ｈ，ｍ），２．４０−２．５（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．７−３．２（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．３−５．２（６Ｈ，ｍ），６．４０−６．５（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．３−７．５５（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．６８（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．３−８．４（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．５−８．６（１Ｈ，ｍ）；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４９０．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ４８８．４。

In Method A, the method reported in 3 (S) -benzyloxy-2- (R) -hydroxy-butyric acid tert-butyl ester (Lei et al., J. Carbohydrate Chemistry, 15, 4, 1996, 485-500 and Prepared using a similar method) and prepared according to Method A and Methods DG; IR (solid) 1738, 1644, 1518, 1371, 1205 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d 6− DMSO) [delta] 1.13-1.25 (3H, m), 1.25-1.35 (3H, m), 2.40-2.5 (2H, m), 2.7-3.2 ( 2H, m), 4.3-5.2 (6H, m), 6.40-6.5 (1H, m), 7.3-7.55 (5H, m), 7.68 (1H, m), 8.3-8.4 (1H m), 8.5-8.6 (1H, m); M + H 490.4, M-H 488.4.

Example II.19
(5-Fluoro-4-oxo-3 (R, S)-[2 (R, S)-(2-oxo-3-propionylamino-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -2-phenyl-acetylamino] -Pentanoic acid)

工程Ａにおいてブロモ−フェニル−酢酸メチルエステルを使用し、方法Ａおよび方法Ｄ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；ＩＲ（固体）１６７１，１６４３，１５８１，１５２０ｃｍ^−１；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００Ｍｈｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ １．０−１．０８（３Ｈ，ｍ），２．４−２．５（２Ｈ，ｍ），２．６−２．９（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．３−４．８（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．２−５．４（２Ｈ，ｍ），６．１５−６．２５（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．７−６．８（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．３−７．４（２Ｈ，ｍ），７．４−７．５（３Ｈ，ｍ），８．２−８．２５（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．１−９．３（１Ｈ，ｍ）；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４３２．４，Ｍ−Ｈ ４３０．４。

Prepared according to Method A and Methods DG using bromo-phenyl-acetic acid methyl ester in Step A; IR (solid) 1671, 1643, 1581, 1520 cm ⁻¹ ; ¹ H NMR (400 Mhz, d6-DMSO) δ 1.0-1.08 (3H, m), 2.4-2.5 (2H, m), 2.6-2.9 (2H, m), 4.3-4.8 (2H, m), 5.2-5.4 (2H, m), 6.15-6.25 (1H, m), 6.7-6.8 (1H, m), 7.3-7.4 ( 2H, m), 7.4-7.5 (3H, m), 8.2-8.25 (1H, m), 9.1-9.3 (1H, m); M + H 432.4, M -H 430.4.

Example II.20
(3 (R, S)-[3-Benzyloxy-2 (S)-(2-oxo-3-propionylamino-2H-pyridin-1-yl) -propionylamino] -5-fluoro-4-oxo- Pentanic acid)

方法Ａにおいて（Ｒ）−３−ベンジルオキシ−２−ヒドロキシ−プロピオン酸ｔｅｒｔ−ブチルエステル（Ｌｅｉら、Ｊ．Ｃａｒｂｏｈｙｄｒａｔｅ Ｃｈｅｍｉｓｔｒｙ、１５、４、１９９６、４８５−５００内で報告されている方法と類似した方法を使用して調製した）を使用し、方法Ａおよび方法Ｄ〜Ｇにしたがって調製した；オフホワイト色の固体；^１Ｈ ＮＭＲ（４００ＭＨｚ，ｄ６−ＤＭＳＯ）δ １．０５（３Ｈ，ｔ），２．３０−２．９０（４Ｈ，ｍ），３．９５−４．１５（２Ｈ，ｍ），４．２０−４．８０（４Ｈ，ｍ），５．０５−５．４０（２Ｈ，ｍ），５．７０（１Ｈ，ｍ），６．３５（１Ｈ，ｍ），７．３０（５Ｈ，ｍ），７．４０−７．５５（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．２５（１Ｈ，ｍ），８．９５（１Ｈ，ｍ），９．１５（１Ｈ，ｍ）；^１９Ｆ（３７６ＭＨｚ，ＣＤＣｌ_３，プロトン−デカップリング）δ −２２６．９，−２３２．９；Ｍ＋Ｈ ４７６．３。

Similar to the method reported in (R) -3-benzyloxy-2-hydroxy-propionic acid tert-butyl ester (Lei et al., J. Carbohydrate Chemistry, 15, 4, 1996, 485-500 in Method A. Prepared according to Method A and Methods DG; off-white solid; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 1.05 (3H, t), 2.30-2.90 (4H, m), 3.95-4.15 (2H, m), 4.20-4.80 (4H, m), 5.05-5.40 (2H, m) ), 5.70 (1H, m), 6.35 (1H, m), 7.30 (5H, m), 7.40-7.55 (1H, m), 8.25 (1H, m) , 8.95 (1H, m), 9.15 (1H, m); ¹⁹ F (376 MHz, CDCl ₃ , proton-decoupling) δ-226.9, −232.9; M + H 476.3.

Example II.21
(Enzyme assay)
The caspase inhibition assay is based on the cleavage of a fluorogenic substrate by purified recombinant human caspase-1, -3, or -8. This assay is performed in essentially the same manner as reported by Garcia-Calvo et al. (J. Biol. Chem. 273 (1998), 32608-32613) using substrates specific for each enzyme. It is. The substrate for caspase-1 is acetyl-Tyr-Val-Ala-Asp-amino-4-methylcoumarin. The substrate for caspase-3 and -8 is acetyl-Asp-Glu-Val-Asp-amino-methylcoumarin. Both substrates are known in the art.

At a specific inhibitor concentration, the observed rate of enzyme inactivation, k _obs , was directly applied to the equation derived by Thornbury et al. (Biochemistry 33 (1994), 394-3939), and nonlinear least squares analysis. Computer program (PRISM 2.0; GraphPad software). To obtain a second order rate constant k _inact , k _obs values are plotted against their respective inhibitor concentrations, and then k _inact values are calculated by computerized linear regression.

Inhibition of caspase-1, -3, and -8 activity for selected compounds of the invention was determined by the method described above. Compound II. 1-II. 20, caspase-1> inhibited with _{k inact} of 60,000M ^-1 s ^-1, inhibit caspase-3 at _{k inact} between ^0M -1 ^{s -1} and 300,000M ^-1 s ^-1 And caspase-8 was inhibited with a k _inact of> 35,000 M ⁻¹ s ⁻¹ .

(Example II.22)
(PBMC cell assay)
(IL-1β assay using a mixed population of human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) or enriched adherent mononuclear cells)
Processing of pre-IL-1β by ICE can be measured in cell cultures using various cell sources. Human PBMCs obtained from healthy donors provide a mixed population of lymphocyte subtypes and mononuclear cells that produce a variety of interleukins and cytokines in response to many classes of physiological stimuli. Adherent mononuclear cells from PBMC provide an enriched cell source of normal mononuclear cells for selective studies of cytokine production by activated cells.

(Experiment procedure)
Prepare an initial dilution series of test compound in DMSO or ethanol followed by dilution in RPMI-10% FBS medium (containing 2 mM L-glutamine, 10 mM HEPES, 50 U and 50 μg / ml penicillin / streptomycin). , Each yields 4 times the final test concentration containing 0.4% DMSO or 0.4% ethanol. The final concentration of DMSO is 0.1% for all drug dilutions. Concentration titration lumped apparent k _i for the test compound is determined by the ICE inhibition assay is generally used for the primary compound screen.

  In general, 5-6 compound dilutions are tested and the cell components of this assay are performed in duplicate by duplicate ELISA measurements on each cell culture supernatant.

(PBMC isolation and IL-assay)
Buffy coat cells isolated from one pint of human blood (40-45 ml of final volume of plasma + cells are obtained) are diluted to 80 mL with medium and 10 ml of cell suspension is placed in a LeukoPREP separation tube (Becton Dickinson). Each upper layer. After centrifugation at 1500-1800 × g for 15 minutes, the plasma / medium layer is aspirated, and then the mononuclear cell layer is collected with a Pasteur pipette and transferred to a 15 ml conical centrifuge tube (Corning). Add medium, bring volume to 15 ml, gently mix cells by inversion, and centrifuge at 300 xg for 15 minutes. The PBMC pellet is resuspended in a small volume of media, the cell number is counted and adjusted to 6 × 10 ⁶ cells / ml.

For cell assays, 1.0 ml of cell suspension is added to each well of a 24-well flat bottom tissue culture plate (Corning) and 0.5 ml of test compound dilution and 0.5 ml of LPS solution (Sigma # L- 3012; 20 ng / ml solution prepared in complete RPMI medium; final LPS concentration 5 ng / ml). Addition of 0.5 ml of test compound and LPS is usually sufficient to mix the contents in the well. Three control mixtures are run for each experiment with either LPS alone, solvent vehicle control, and / or additional media to adjust the final culture volume to 2.0 ml. The cell culture is incubated for 16-18 hours at 37 ° C. in the presence of 5% CO ₂ .

  At the end of the incubation period, the cells are harvested and transferred to a 15 ml conical centrifuge tube. After centrifugation at 200 × g for 10 minutes, the supernatant is harvested and transferred to a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube. This cell pellet can be used for biochemical assessment of pre-IL-1β and / or mature IL-1β content in cytosolic extracts by Western blotting or ELISA using pre-IL-1β specific antisera Can be noted.

(Isolation of adherent mononuclear cells)
PBMC are isolated and prepared as described above. Medium (1.0 mL) is added to the wells first, followed by 0.5 ml of PBMC suspension. After 1 hour incubation, gently shake the plate to aspirate non-adherent cells from each well. Thereafter, the wells are gently washed three times with 1.0 ml medium and finally resuspended in 1.0 ml medium. Concentration of adherent cells generally yields 2.5-3.0 × 10 ⁵ cells / well. Test compound addition, LPS, cell incubation conditions, and supernatant processing are performed as described above.

(ELISA)
For the measurement of mature IL-1β, the Quantikine kit (R & D Systems) can be used. The assay is performed according to the manufacturer's instructions. In both PBMC and adherent mononuclear cell positive controls, mature IL-1β levels of about 1-3 ng / ml are observed. Perform an ELISA assay of 1: 5, 1:10 and 1:20 dilutions of the supernatant from the LPS positive control to select the optimal dilution for the supernatant in the panel for this test.

The inhibitory potency of a compound can be represented by the IC ₅₀ value, which is the inhibitor concentration at which 50% mature IL-1β is detected in the supernatant compared to the positive control.

  One skilled in the art understands that the value obtained by a cellular assay may depend on a number of factors. These values may not necessarily represent good quantitative results.

Selected compounds of the invention were tested for inhibition of IL-1β release from PBMC with IC ₅₀ values between 300 nM and 10 μM.

(Anti-Fas induced apoptosis assay)
Cell apoptosis can be induced by binding of Fas ligand (FasL) to its receptor, CD95 (Fas). CD95 is one of a family of related receptors, known as the death receptor, which can cause apoptosis in cells through activation of a cascade of caspase enzymes. This process is initiated by the binding of the adapter molecule FADD / MORT-1 to the cytoplasmic domain of the CD-95 receptor-ligand complex. Caspase-8 then binds to FADD and is activated, initiating a cascade of events including downstream caspase activation and subsequent cellular apoptosis. Apoptosis can also be induced in cells expressing CD95 (eg, Jurkat E6.1 T cell lymphoma cell line) using antibodies rather than FasL to cross-link to cell surface CD95. Anti-Fas-induced apoptosis can also be triggered through caspase-8 activation. This provides the basis for a cell-based assay for screening compounds for inhibition of the caspase-8-mediated apoptotic pathway.

(Experiment procedure)
Jurkat E6.1 cells were cultured in complete medium (consisting of RPMI-1640 (Sigma No) + 10% fetal calf serum (Gibco BRL No. 10099-141) +2 mM L-glutamine (Sigma No. G-7513)). To do. Harvest cells in logarithmic growth phase. 100 ml of cells at 5-8 × 10 ⁵ cells / ml are transferred to a sterile 50 ml Falcon centrifuge tube and centrifuged at 100 × g for 5 minutes at room temperature. The supernatant is removed and the combined cell pellet is resuspended in 25 ml complete medium. Count cells and adjust density to 2 × 10 ⁶ cells / ml in complete medium.

  The test compound is dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) (Sigma No. D-2650) to obtain a 100 mM stock solution. This is diluted to 400 μM in complete media and then serially diluted in a 96 well plate before being added to the cell assay plate.

100 μl of cell suspension (2 × 10 ⁶ cells) is added to each well of a sterile 96 well round bottom cluster plate (Costar No. 3790). Appropriate dilutions of 50 μl of compound solution and 50 μl of anti-Fas antibody clone CH-11 (Upstate, Cat No. 1 544 675) at a final concentration of 10 ng / ml are added to the wells. Control wells are prepared with the antibody removed and the compound removed, but with a serial dilution of DMSO as a vehicle control. The plates are incubated for 16-18 hours at 37 ° C. with 5% CO ₂ and 95% humidity.

  Apoptosis of the cells was confirmed by the Roche diagnostic agent No. Measured by quantification of DNA fragmentation using the “Cell Death Detection Assay” according to 1544 675. After a 16-18 hour incubation, the assay plate is centrifuged at 100 xg for 5 minutes at room temperature. Remove 150 μl of supernatant and replace with 150 μl of fresh complete medium. Cells are then harvested and 200 μl lysis buffer supplied in the assay kit is added to each well. The cells are crushed to ensure complete lysis and incubated at 4 ° C. for 30 minutes. The plate is then centrifuged at 1900 × g for 10 minutes and the supernatant is diluted 1:20 in the provided incubation buffer. 100 μl of this solution is then assayed according to the manufacturer's instructions supplied with the kit. In a SPECTRAmax Plus plate reader (Molecular Devices), measure OD405 nm 20 minutes after adding the last substrate. OD405 nm is plotted against compound concentration and the curve fitting program SOFTmax Pro (Molecular Devices) is used to calculate IC50 values for those compounds using the 4-variable fitting option. Selected compounds were tested in this assay and found to inhibit Fas-induced apoptosis of Jurkat cells with IC50 values between 0.013 μM and 8 μM.

の化合物であって、ここで：
Ｒ ^１ は、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）−、ＨＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ −、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−であり；
Ｒ ^２ は、水素、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ハロ、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−ＣＮ、もしくはＲ ^８ であり；
Ｒ ^３ は、−Ｔ−Ｒ ^９ であり；
Ｒ ^４ は、−ＣＯＯＨもしくは−ＣＯＯＲ ^８ であり；
Ｒ ^５ は、−ＣＨ _２ Ｆもしくは−ＣＨ _２ Ｏ−２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェニルであり；
Ｒ ^６ は、Ｒ ^６ａ もしくはＲ ^６ｂ であり；２つのＲ ^６ 基が、これらが結合している同じ原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し；ここで、いずれの環も、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＲ ^６ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって独立して置換され；
Ｒ ^６ａ およびＲ ^６ｂ は、それぞれ独立して
（Ｃ１−Ｃ３）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ４−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり；
Ｒは、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ ^７ 、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
２つのＲ ^７ 基は、これらが結合している原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し、該環は、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｏ、Ｓ、ＳＯ、もしくはＳＯ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでのヘテロ原子を有し、ここで、該環は、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、いずれの環もＪ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有するか；または
それぞれのＲ ^７ は：
水素−、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−から独立して選択され；ここで、Ｒ ^７ は、Ｊ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有し；
Ｊ _２ は、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、＝ＮＯ（Ｒ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＣＮ、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
Ｒ ^８ は、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得、ここで、Ｒ ^８ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｔは、直接結合、もしくは（Ｃ１−Ｃ６）脂肪族であり、ここで、Ｔ内の２つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、化学的に安定した配置で、Ｓ、ＳＯ、ＳＯ _２ 、Ｏ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、もしくはＮによって必要に応じて置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＴは３つまでのＲ置換基によって必要に応じて置換され得；
Ｒ ^９ は、必要に応じて置換された（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリールもしくは（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリールである、化合物。
（項目２）
Ｒ ^５ が−ＣＨ _２ Ｏ−２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェニルである、項目１に記載の化合物。
（項目３）
Ｒ ^５ が−ＣＨ _２ Ｆである、項目１に記載の化合物。
（項目４）
Ｒ ^１ が、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−であり、ここで、Ｒ ^６ がＲ ^６ｂ である、項目１〜３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目５）
Ｒ ^１ が、ＨＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ −、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）−、もしくは（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）−であり、ここで、Ｒ ^６ がＲ ^６ａ である、項目１〜３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目６）
項目４または項目５に記載の化合物。
（項目７）
Ｒ ^１ がＲ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）−である、項目１〜３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目８）
Ｒ ^１ がＲ ^６ ＳＯ _２ −である、項目１〜３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目９）
Ｒ ^１ が（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）−である、項目１〜３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目１０）
Ｒ ^１ が（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）−である、項目１〜３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目１１）
Ｒ ^１ がＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）−である、項目１〜３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目１２）
Ｒ ^６ａ が、
（Ｃ４−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であるか、もしくは２つのＲ ^６ａ 基が、それらが結合している同じ原子と一緒になって、独立して３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を形成し；ここで、いずれの環も、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、Ｒ ^６ａ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって独立して置換され；
Ｒ ^６ｂ は、Ｒ ^６ａ もしくは（Ｃ１−Ｃ３）−脂肪族−である、項目１〜３、５〜１１のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目１３）
Ｒ ^６ａ が、
（Ｃ４）−脂肪族、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、もしくは
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−アルキル−であり；ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、Ｒ ^６ａ は、必要に応じて置換される、項目１〜１１のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目１４）
Ｒ ^６ａ が、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−もしくは（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−であり；ここで、該ヘテロアリールまたはアリールは必要に応じて置換されるか、もしくはそれぞれのＲ ^６ａ は、それが結合しているＮ原子と一緒になって、（Ｃ３−Ｃ７）−脂環式基である、項目１〜１３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目１５）
それぞれのＲ ^６ａ が独立して、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−もしくは（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−であり、ここで、該アリールは必要に応じて置換される、項目１４に記載の化合物。
（項目１６）
それぞれのＲ ^６ｂ が、Ｒ ^６ａ もしくは（Ｃ１−Ｃ３）−脂肪族である、項目１３〜１５のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目１７）
Ｒ ^２ が、水素、ＣＦ _３ 、もしくはＣＨ _３ である、項目１〜１６のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目１８）
Ｒ ^２ が、水素もしくはＣＦ _３ である、項目１７に記載の化合物。
（項目１９）
Ｔが、結合もしくは（Ｃ１−Ｃ４）脂肪族であり、ここで、１個までの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、およびＳから選択される基によって置換され得る、項目１〜１８のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目２０）
Ｔが、直接結合、−ＣＨ _２ −、−ＣＨ（Ｍｅ）−、−ＣＨ _２ −ＣＨ _２ −、−ＣＨ _２ −Ｏ−ＣＨ _２ −、−ＣＨ（Ｍｅ）−Ｏ−ＣＨ _２ −、もしくは−ＣＨ _２ −ＣＨ _２ −Ｏ−ＣＨ _２ −である、項目１９に記載の化合物。
（項目２１）
Ｔが、（Ｃ１−Ｃ４）脂肪族であり、ここで、ゼロ個の炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、およびＳから選択される基によって置換される、項目１９に記載の化合物。
（項目２２）
Ｔが、−ＣＨ _２ −もしくは−ＣＨ _２ −ＣＨ _２ −である、項目２１に記載
の化合物。
（項目２３）
Ｔが−ＣＨ _２ −である、項目２２に記載の化合物。
（項目２４）
Ｒ ^９ が、必要に応じて置換されたＣ６−アリールもしくはＣ５−ヘテロアリールである、項目１〜２３のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。
（項目２５）
Ｒ ^９ が、必要に応じて置換されたフェニルである、項目２４に記載の化合物。
（項目２６）
Ｒ ^９ が、非置換フェニルである、項目２５に記載の化合物。
（項目２７）
表１より選択される化合物。
（項目２８）
薬学的組成物であって、該組成物が：
ａ）項目１〜２７のいずれか一項に記載の化合物；および
ｂ）薬学的に受容可能なキャリア、補助剤もしくはビヒクル
を含む、薬学的組成物。
（項目２９）
患者のＩＬ−１媒介性疾患、アポトーシス媒介性疾患、炎症性疾患、自己免疫疾患、破壊的な骨障害、増殖性障害、感染性疾患、変性疾患、細胞死に関連する疾患、ウイルス媒介性疾患もしくは肝臓疾患を処置するための方法であって、該方法は、治療上有効な量の項目１〜２７のいずれか一項に記載の化合物もしくは項目２８に記載の薬学的組成物を、該患者に投与する工程を包含する、方法。
（項目３０）
患者の関節リウマチ、変形性関節症、骨粗しょう症、全身性エリテマトーデス、強皮症、慢性甲状腺炎、グレーヴズ病、重症筋無力症、自己免疫好中球減少症、自己免疫溶血性貧血、血小板減少症、若年性関節リウマチ、痛風、ベーチェット症候群、スチル症候群、マクロファージ活性化症候群、サルコイドーシス、マックル−ウェルズ症候群、家族性寒冷じんましん、慢性乳児型神経学的皮膚および関節症候群、家族性地中海熱、ＴＮＦＲ１関連周期性症候群（ＴＲＡＰＳ）、高ＩｇＤ周期性発熱症候群（ＨＩＤＳ）、ブラウ症候群、乾癬、アトピー性皮膚炎、瘢痕化、脱毛症、尋常性ざ瘡、天疱瘡、ぜんそく、成人呼吸促進症候群、嚢胞性腺腫症、気腫、慢性気管支炎、慢性閉塞性肺疾患、特発性肺線維症、炎症性腹膜炎、炎症性腸疾患、クローン病、潰瘍性大腸炎、自己免疫性胃炎、ヘリコバクター・ピロリに関連した胃および十二指腸の潰瘍疾患、糖尿病、膵臓炎、糸球体腎炎、慢性活動性肝炎、過剰な食事のアルコール摂取疾患、腎臓疾患、多発性嚢胞腎疾患、熱傷、熱傷傷害後の器官のアポトーシス、出血性ショック、器官不全、子宮内膜症、対宿主性移植片病、器官移植拒絶反応、白血病、骨髄異形成症候群、多発性骨髄腫関連骨障害、急性骨髄性白血病、慢性骨髄性白血病、転移性黒色腫、カポージ肉腫、多発性骨髄腫、慢性心臓疾患、急性心臓疾患、心筋梗塞、心筋虚血、うっ血性心不全、アテローム性動脈硬化症、冠状動脈バイパス移植（ＣＡＢＧ）、冠状動脈バイパス移植に関連した合併症、急性冠動脈症候群、アルツハイマー病、パーキンソン病、ハンティングトン病、ケネディ病、プリオン病、脳虚血、てんかん、脊髄性筋萎縮症、筋萎縮性側索硬化症、多発性硬化症、ＨＩＶ関連の脳炎、外傷性脳損傷、脊髄損傷、脳卒中による神経系の損傷、糖尿病性腎症、急性および慢性の疼痛、ブドウ膜炎、網膜障害、糖尿病性網膜症、緑内障、角膜炎、ウイルス媒介性疾患、敗血症、敗血症性ショック、細菌性赤痢、Ｂ型肝炎、Ｃ型肝炎、Ｇ型肝炎、黄熱、デング熱、日本脳炎、ＨＩＶ感染、結核症、髄膜炎、シュードモナス感染、アシネトバクター感染もしくは老化を処置するための方法であって、該方法は、治療上有効な量の項目１〜２７のいずれか一項に記載の化合物もしくは項目２８に記載の薬学的組成物を、該患者に投与する工程を包含する、方法。
（項目３１）
前記疾患が、変形性関節症、膵臓炎、ぜんそく、成人呼吸促進症候群、糸球体腎炎、関節リウマチ、全身性エリテマトーデス、強皮症、慢性甲状腺炎、グレーヴズ病、自己免疫性胃炎、インスリン依存性糖尿病（タイプＩ）、自己免疫性溶血性貧血、自己免疫性好中球減少症、血小板減少症、慢性活動性肝炎、重症筋無力症、炎症性腸疾患、クローン病、乾癬、対宿主性移植片病、骨粗しょう症、多発性骨髄腫関連骨障害、急性骨髄性白血病、慢性骨髄性白血病、転移性黒色腫、カポージ肉腫、多発性骨髄腫、敗血症、敗血症性ショック、細菌性赤痢、脳虚血、心筋虚血、脊髄性筋萎縮症、もしくは脳卒中による神経系の損傷である、項目３０に記載の方法。
（項目３２）
前記疾患が冠状動脈バイパス移植に関連した合併症である、項目３０に記載の方法。
（項目３３）
患者のカスパーゼ−媒介性機能を阻害するための方法であって、該方法が治療上有効な量の項目１〜２７のいずれか一項に記載の化合物もしくは項目２８に記載の薬学的組成物を、該患者に投与する工程を包含する、方法。
（項目３４）
患者のＩＧＩＦもしくはＩＦＮ−γ生産を減少させるための方法であって、該方法が薬学上有効な量の項目１〜２７のいずれか一項に記載の化合物もしくは項目２８に記載の薬学的組成物を、該患者に投与する工程を包含する、方法。
（項目３５）
細胞を保存する方法であって、該方法が、該細胞を、項目１〜２７のいずれか一項に記載の化合物の溶液に浸す工程を包含する、方法。
（項目３６）
前記細胞が：
ａ）移植目的の器官；もしくは
ｂ）血液生成物
中にある、項目３５に記載の方法。
（項目３７）
免疫療法を使用して癌を処置する方法であって、該免疫療法が、その成分として項目１〜２７のいずれか一項に記載の化合物を含む、方法。
（項目３８）
患者の感染、眼乾燥、シェーグレン症候群、眼の老化、中毒性表皮壊死、発作、発作障害、痙攣、マクロファージ活性化症候群、もしくは損傷、アレルギー、化学的刺激、もしくは眼の熱傷を処置するための方法であって、該方法が治療上有効な量の項目１〜２７のいずれか一項に記載の化合物もしくは項目２８に記載の薬学的組成物を、該患者に投与する工程を包含する、方法。
（項目３９）
前記方法が、さらなる治療剤の投与を含む、項目２９〜３８のいずれか一項に記載の方法。
（項目４０）
式（Ｉ）：

を調製するためのプロセスであって、ここで
Ｒ ^１ は、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）−、ＨＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ −、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−であり；
Ｒ ^２ は、水素、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ハロ、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−ＣＮ、もしくはＲ ^８ であり；
Ｒ ^３ は、−Ｔ−Ｒ ^９ であり；
Ｒ ^４ は、−ＣＯＯＨもしくは−ＣＯＯＲ ^８ であり；
Ｒ ^５ は、−ＣＨ _２ Ｆもしくは−ＣＨ _２ Ｏ−２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェニルであり；
Ｒ ^６ は、Ｒ ^６ａ もしくはＲ ^６ｂ であり；２つのＲ ^６ 基が、これらが結合している同じ原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し；ここで、いずれの環も、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、Ｒ ^６ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって置換され；
Ｒ ^６ａ およびＲ ^６ｂ は、それぞれ独立して
（Ｃ１−Ｃ３）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ４−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり；
Ｒは、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ ^７ 、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
２つのＲ ^７ 基は、これらが結合している原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し、該環は、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｏ、Ｓ、ＳＯ、もしくはＳＯ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでのヘテロ原子を有し、ここで、該環は、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、いずれの環もＪ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有するか；または
それぞれのＲ ^７ は：
水素−、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−から独立して選択され；ここで、Ｒ ^７ は、Ｊ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有し；
Ｊ _２ は、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、＝ＮＯ（Ｒ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＣＮ、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
Ｒ ^８ は、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得、ここで、Ｒ ^８ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｔは、直接結合、もしくは（Ｃ１−Ｃ６）脂肪族であり、ここで、Ｔ内の２つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、化学的に安定した配置で、Ｓ、ＳＯ、ＳＯ _２ 、Ｏ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、もしくはＮによって必要に応じて置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＴは３つまでのＲ置換基によって必要に応じて置換され得；
Ｒ ^９ は、必要に応じて置換された（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリールもしくは（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリールであって、；
該プロセスは：
（ａ）式（ＩＩＩ）：

の化合物と、
式（ＩＶ）：

の化合物とを、カップリングの条件および溶媒の存在下で反応させる工程を包含し、ここで：
Ｒ ^１０ は、−ＮＯ _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^１１ 、−ＣＮ、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−であり；
Ｒ ^１１ は独立して、水素、（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、Ｒ ^１１ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｒ、Ｒ ^２ 、Ｒ ^３ 、およびＲ ^６ は、上記に定義するとおりであり；
Ｙはカルボニル基もしくはＯＨ基のいずれかであり；そしてＲ ^４ およびＲ ^５ は、上記に定義するとおりであり；
ただし、ＹがＯＨ基である場合は、該プロセスは、（ｂ）該ＯＨ基を酸化して式（Ｉ）の化合物を提供する工程をさらに包含し；そして、
ただし、Ｒ ^１０ が−ＮＯ _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^１１ 、もしくは−ＣＮである場合は、該プロセスは、該−ＮＯ _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^１１ 、もしくは−ＣＮを、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−に変換するさらなる工程を包含する、プロセス。
（項目４１）
項目４０に記載のプロセスであって、ここで、式（ＩＩＩ）：

の化合物：
ここで、
Ｒ ^２ は、水素、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ハロ、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−ＣＮ、もしくはＲ ^８ であり；
Ｒ ^３ は、−Ｔ−Ｒ ^９ であり；
Ｒ ^１０ は、−ＮＯ _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^１１ 、−ＣＮ、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−であり；
Ｒ ^６ は、Ｒ ^６ａ もしくはＲ ^６ｂ であり；２つのＲ ^６ 基が、これらが結合している同じ原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し；ここで、いずれの環も、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＲ ^６ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって独立して置換され；
Ｒ ^６ａ およびＲ ^６ｂ は、それぞれ独立して
（Ｃ１−Ｃ３）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ４−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり；
Ｒは、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ ^７ 、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
２つのＲ ^７ 基は、これらが結合している原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し、該環は、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｏ、Ｓ、ＳＯ、もしくはＳＯ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでのヘテロ原子を有し、ここで、該環は、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、いずれの環もＪ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有するか；もしくは
それぞれのＲ ^７ は：
水素−、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−から独立して選択され；ここで、Ｒ ^７ は、Ｊ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有し；
Ｊ _２ は、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ ^７ 、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＣＮ、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
Ｒ ^８ は、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族、もしくは（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得、ここで、Ｒ ^８ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｔは、直接結合、もしくは（Ｃ１−Ｃ６）脂肪族であり、ここで、Ｔ内の２つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、化学的に安定した配置で、Ｓ、ＳＯ、ＳＯ _２ 、Ｏ、Ｎ、もしくはＮ（Ｒ ^７ ）によって必要に応じて置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＴは３つまでのＲ置換基によって必要に応じて置換され得；
Ｒ ^９ は、必要に応じて置換された（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリールもしくは（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリールである、化合物が、
（ｃ）式（Ｖ）：

の化合物を、脱保護化条件の存在下、溶媒中で反応させる工程を包含するプロセスによって調製され、
ここで：
Ｒ ^１１ は独立して、水素、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、
３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；そして
Ｒ、Ｒ ^２ 、Ｒ ^３ 、Ｒ ^７ およびＲ ^１０ は、上記に定義するとおりである、項目４０に記載のプロセス。
（項目４２）
式（Ｖ）：

の化合物であって、ここで、Ｒ ^２ 、Ｒ ^３ 、Ｒ ^１０ およびＲ ^１１ が、項目４１に定義するとおりである化合物が：
（ｄ）式（ＶＩ）：

の化合物と、式（ＶＩＩ）：

の化合物とを、溶媒および塩基の存在下で反応させる工程を包含するプロセスによって調製され、ここで、
Ｒ ^２ およびＲ ^１０ は項目４１で定義するとおりであり；
Ｘは適切な脱離基であり；そして
Ｒ ^３ およびＲ ^１１ は上記で定義するとおりである、項目４１に記載のプロセス。
（項目４３）
式（ＶＩＩＩ）：

の化合物を調製するためのプロセスであって、
ここで：
Ｒ ^２ は、−ＣＦ _３ 、−Ｃｌ、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−ＣＮ、もしくはＲ ^８ であり；
Ｒ ^３ は、−Ｔ−Ｒ ^９ であり；
Ｒ ^１０ は、−ＮＯ _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^１１ 、−ＣＮ、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−であり；
Ｒ ^１１ は独立して、水素、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ（Ｈ）、Ｎ（Ｒ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、Ｒ ^１１ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｒ ^６ は、Ｒ ^６ａ もしくはＲ ^６ｂ であり；２つのＲ ^６ 基は、これらが結合している同じ原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し；ここで、いずれの環も、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＲ ^６ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって独立して置換され；
Ｒ ^６ａ およびＲ ^６ｂ は、それぞれ独立して
（Ｃ１−Ｃ３）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ４−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり；
Ｒは、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ ^７ 、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
２つのＲ ^７ 基は、これらが結合している原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し、該環は、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｏ、Ｓ、ＳＯ、もしくはＳＯ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでのヘテロ原子を有し、ここで、該環は、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され、ここで、いずれの環もＪ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有するか；または
それぞれのＲ ^７ は：
水素−、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−から独立して選択され；ここで、Ｒ ^７ は、Ｊ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有し；
Ｊ _２ は、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ ^７ 、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＣＮ、−Ｃ（＝ＮＨ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
Ｒ ^８ は、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得、ここで、Ｒ ^８ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｔは、直接結合、もしくは（Ｃ１−Ｃ６）脂肪族であり、ここで、Ｔ内の２つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、化学的に安定した配置で、Ｓ、ＳＯ、ＳＯ _２ 、Ｏ、Ｎ、もしくはＮ（Ｒ ^７ ）によって必要に応じて置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＴは３つまでのＲ置換基によって必要に応じて置換され得；
Ｒ ^９ は、必要に応じて置換された（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリールもしくは（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−
ヘテロアリールであり；
該プロセスは、（ｅ）式（ＩＸ）：

の化合物と
式（ＶＩＩ）：

の化合物とを溶媒および塩基の存在下で反応させる工程を含み、
ここで、Ｒ ^２ およびＲ ^１０ は上記で定義するとおりであり；
Ｒ ^３ およびＲ ^１１ は上記で定義するとおりであり；そして
Ｘは適切な脱離基である、プロセス。
（項目４４）
式（Ｉ）：

の化合物を調製するためのプロセスであって、
ここで：
Ｒ ^１ は、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）−、ＨＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ −、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ）（Ｈ）ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）−であり；
Ｒ ^２ は、水素、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ハロ、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−ＣＮ、もしくはＲ ^８ であり；
Ｒ ^３ は、−Ｔ−Ｒ ^９ であり；
Ｒ ^４ は、−ＣＯＯＨもしくは−ＣＯＯＲ ^８ であり；
Ｒ ^５ は、−ＣＨ _２ Ｆもしくは−ＣＨ _２ Ｏ−２，３，５，６−テトラフルオロフェニルであり；
Ｒ ^６ は、Ｒ ^６ａ もしくはＲ ^６ｂ であり；２つのＲ ^６ 基は、これらが結合している原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し；ここで、いずれの環も、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子が、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＲ ^６ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって独立して置換され；
Ｒ ^６ａ およびＲ ^６ｂ は、それぞれ独立して
（Ｃ１−Ｃ３）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ４−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり；
Ｒは、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ ^７ 、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
２つのＲ ^７ 基は、これらが結合している原子と一緒になって、３〜１０員の芳香族環もしくは非芳香族環を必要に応じて形成し、該環は、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｏ、Ｓ、ＳＯ、もしくはＳＯ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでのヘテロ原子を有し、ここで、該環は、（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）アリール、（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）ヘテロアリール、（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）シクロアルキル、もしくは（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）ヘテロシクリルに必要に応じて縮合され；ここで、いずれの環もＪ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有するか；もしくは
それぞれのＲ ^７ は：
水素−、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）脂肪族−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−から独立して選択され；ここで、Ｒ ^７ は、Ｊ _２ から独立して選択される３つまでの置換基を有し；
Ｊ _２ は、ハロゲン、−ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＮＯ _２ 、−ＣＮ、−ＣＦ _３ 、−ＯＣＦ _３ 、−Ｒ ^７ 、オキソ、チオキソ、＝ＮＲ ^７ 、＝Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）、１，２−メチレンジオキシ、１，２−エチレンジオキシ、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯＲ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＳＯ _３ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＣＨ _２ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−（ＣＨ _２ ） _０−２ ＮＨＣ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＣＯＮ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）Ｃ（Ｓ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｎ（ＣＯＲ ^７ ）ＣＯＲ ^７ 、−Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＣＮ、−Ｃ（＝ＮＲ ^７ ）Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（ＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−Ｃ（＝ＮＯＲ ^７ ）Ｒ ^７ 、−ＯＰ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｒ ^７ ） _２ 、−Ｐ（Ｏ）（ＯＲ ^７ ） _２ もしくは−Ｐ（Ｏ）（Ｈ）（ＯＲ ^７ ）であり；
Ｒ ^８ は、
（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−、
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−、
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−脂環式−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−
（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−、
（Ｃ３−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロシクリル−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族、もしくは
（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリール−（Ｃ１−Ｃ１２）−脂肪族−であり、ここで、３つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、Ｏ、Ｎ、Ｎ（Ｒ ^７ ）、Ｓ、ＳＯ、およびＳＯ _２ から選択される基によって置換され得、ここで、Ｒ ^８ は、Ｒから独立して選択される６つまでの置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｔは、直接結合、もしくは（Ｃ１−Ｃ６）脂肪族であり、ここで、Ｔ内の２つまでの脂肪族炭素原子は、化学的に安定した配置で、Ｓ、ＳＯ、ＳＯ _２ 、Ｏ、Ｎ、もしくはＮ（Ｒ ^７ ）によって必要に応じて置換され得；ここで、それぞれのＴは３つまでのＲ置換基によって必要に応じて置換され；
Ｒ ^９ は、必要に応じて置換された（Ｃ６−Ｃ１０）−アリールもしくは（Ｃ５−Ｃ１０）−ヘテロアリールであり；
該プロセスは、
（ａ）式（ＩＩＩ）：

の化合物と、
式（Ｘ）：

の化合物とを、カップリングの条件および溶媒の存在下で反応させる工程を包含し、ここで：
Ｒ ^１０ は、−ＮＯ _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^１１ 、−ＣＮ、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−であり；
Ｒ ^２ 、Ｒ ^６ 、およびＲ ^１１ は、上記に定義するとおりであり；
Ｙはカルボニル基もしくはＯＨ基のいずれかであり；そしてＲ ^３ 、Ｒ ^４ およびＲ ^５ は、上記に定義するとおりであり；
ただし、ＹがＯＨ基である場合は、該プロセスは、（ｂ）該ＯＨ基を酸化して、式（Ｉ）の化合物を提供する工程をさらに包含し；そして、
ただし、Ｒ ^１０ が−ＮＯ _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^１１ 、もしくは−ＣＮである場合は、該プロセスは、該−ＮＯ _２ 、−Ｃ（Ｏ）ＯＲ ^１１ 、もしくは−ＣＮを、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＳＯ _２ Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、Ｒ ^６ Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、（Ｒ ^６ ） _２ ＮＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−、もしくはＲ ^６ ＯＣ（Ｏ）Ｃ（Ｏ）Ｎ（Ｈ）−に変換するさらなる工程を包含する、プロセス。   Although we have described many embodiments of the present invention, our basic examples can be modified to provide other embodiments that utilize the compounds and methods of the present invention. It is clear. Therefore, it will be appreciated that the scope of this invention is to be defined by the appended claims rather than the specific embodiments presented as examples above.
The present invention provides, for example:
(Item 1)
Formula I:

Where:
R ¹ Is R ⁶ C (O)-, HC (O)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ -, R ⁶ OC (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) C (O)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O)-;
R ² Is hydrogen, -CF ₃ , -Halo, -OR ⁷ , -NO ₂ , -OCF ₃ , -CN, or R ⁸ Is;
R ³ Is -T-R ⁹ Is;
R ⁴ Is -COOH or -COOR ⁸ Is;
R ⁵ Is -CH ₂ F or -CH ₂ O-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl;
R ⁶ Is R ^6a Or R ^6b And two R ⁶ The groups, together with the same atoms to which they are attached, optionally form a 3-10 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring; where any ring is (C6-C10 ) Aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) heterocyclyl optionally fused; wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N , N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Wherein each R is substituted with a group selected from ⁶ Are independently substituted with up to six substituents independently selected from R;
R ^6a And R ^6b Each independently
(C1-C3) -aliphatic-
(C4-C12) -aliphatic-
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-;
R is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, = NR ⁷ , = N (OR ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
2 R ⁷ The groups together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring as appropriate, which ring is N, N (R ⁷ ), O, S, SO, or SO ₂ Having up to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from: wherein the ring is (C6-C10) aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3 -C10) Heterocyclyl is optionally fused; where any ring is J ₂ Having up to three substituents independently selected from; or
Each R ⁷ Is:
Hydrogen-
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C6-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-, or
Independently selected from (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-; ⁷ Is J ₂ Having up to 3 substituents independently selected from
J ₂ Is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, ═N (R ⁷ ), = NO (R ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -CN, -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
R ⁸ Is
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic, or
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to three aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Can be substituted by a group selected from ⁸ Are optionally substituted with up to 6 substituents independently selected from R;
T is a direct bond or (C1-C6) aliphatic, where up to two aliphatic carbon atoms in T are in a chemically stable configuration, S, SO, SO ₂ , O, N (R ⁷ ), Or optionally substituted by N; where each T can be optionally substituted by up to 3 R substituents;
R ⁹ Is an optionally substituted (C6-C10) -aryl or (C5-C10) -heteroaryl.
(Item 2)
R ⁵ Is -CH ₂ Item 2. The compound according to Item 1, which is O-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl.
(Item 3)
R ⁵ Is -CH ₂ 2. The compound according to item 1, which is F.
(Item 4)
R ¹ But R ⁶ C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) C (O)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O)-, where R ⁶ Is R ^6b The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, which is
(Item 5)
R ¹ Is HC (O)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ -, R ⁶ OC (O)-or (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O)-, where R ⁶ Is R ^6a The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, which is
(Item 6)
6. The compound according to item 4 or item 5.
(Item 7)
R ¹ Is R ⁶ The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, which is C (O)-.
(Item 8)
R ¹ Is R ⁶ SO ₂ The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, which is-.
(Item 9)
R ¹ (R ⁶ ) ₂ The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, which is NC (O)-.
(Item 10)
R ¹ (R ⁶ ) (H) The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, which is NC (O)-.
(Item 11)
R ¹ Is R ⁶ The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, which is OC (O)-.
(Item 12)
R ^6a But,
(C4-C12) -aliphatic-
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic- or two R ^6a The groups, together with the same atoms to which they are attached, independently form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring; where either ring is (C6-C10) Optionally fused to aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) heterocyclyl; wherein up to three aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Where R can be substituted by a group selected from ^6a Are independently substituted with up to six substituents independently selected from R;
R ^6b Is R ^6a Or the compound as described in any one of the items 1-3, 5-11 which is (C1-C3) -aliphatic-.
(Item 13)
R ^6a But,
(C4) -aliphatic,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-, or
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -alkyl-; wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Where R can be substituted by a group selected from ^6a Is a compound according to any one of items 1 to 11, which is optionally substituted.
(Item 14)
R ^6a Is (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- or (C6-C10) -aryl-; wherein the heteroaryl or aryl is optionally substituted or the respective R ^6a 14 is a compound according to any one of items 1 to 13, which together with the N atom to which it is attached is a (C3-C7) -alicyclic group.
(Item 15)
Each R ^6a 15. A compound according to item 14, wherein is independently (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- or (C6-C10) -aryl-, wherein the aryl is optionally substituted.
(Item 16)
Each R ^6b But R ^6a Or the compound as described in any one of the items 13-15 which is (C1-C3) -aliphatic.
(Item 17)
R ² But hydrogen, CF ₃ Or CH ₃ The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 16, wherein
(Item 18)
R ² Is hydrogen or CF ₃ 18. The compound according to item 17, wherein
(Item 19)
T is a bond or (C1-C4) aliphatic where up to 1 aliphatic carbon atom is O, N, N (R ⁷ ) And a compound according to any one of items 1 to 18, which can be substituted by a group selected from S.
(Item 20)
T is a direct bond, —CH ₂ -, -CH (Me)-, -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -, -CH ₂ -O-CH ₂ -, -CH (Me) -O-CH ₂ -Or -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -O-CH ₂ 20. The compound according to item 19, which is-.
(Item 21)
T is (C1-C4) aliphatic, where zero carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ) And a compound substituted with a group selected from S.
(Item 22)
T is -CH ₂ -Or-CH ₂ -CH ₂ -, Described in item 21
Compound.
(Item 23)
T is -CH ₂ 23. The compound according to item 22, wherein
(Item 24)
R ⁹ 24. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 23, wherein is optionally substituted C6-aryl or C5-heteroaryl.
(Item 25)
R ⁹ 25. A compound according to item 24, wherein is optionally substituted phenyl.
(Item 26)
R ⁹ 26. The compound of item 25, wherein is unsubstituted phenyl.
(Item 27)
A compound selected from Table 1.
(Item 28)
A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
a) a compound according to any one of items 1-27; and
b) A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant or vehicle.
A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
(Item 29)
IL-1 mediated disease, apoptosis mediated disease, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, destructive bone disorder, proliferative disorder, infectious disease, degenerative disease, cell death related disease, virus mediated disease or A method for treating liver disease comprising: administering to a patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of items 1-27 or a pharmaceutical composition according to item 28. Administering a step of administering.
(Item 30)
Rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves' disease, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune neutropenia, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, thrombocytopenia Disease, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, gout, Behcet's syndrome, Still's syndrome, macrophage activation syndrome, sarcoidosis, Maccle-Wells syndrome, familial cold urticaria, chronic infantile neurological skin and joint syndrome, familial Mediterranean fever, TNFR1-related Periodic Syndrome (TRAPS), High IgD Periodic Fever Syndrome (HIDS), Blau Syndrome, Psoriasis, Atopic Dermatitis, Scarring, Alopecia, Acne Vulgaris, Pemphigus, Asthma, Adult Respiratory Syndrome, Cystic Adenomatosis, emphysema, chronic bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, inflammatory peritonitis, inflammatory bowel disease Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, autoimmune gastritis, gastric and duodenal ulcer disease related to Helicobacter pylori, diabetes, pancreatitis, glomerulonephritis, chronic active hepatitis, excessive dietary alcohol intake disease, kidney disease , Multiple cystic kidney disease, burn, organ apoptosis after burn injury, hemorrhagic shock, organ failure, endometriosis, graft-versus-host disease, organ transplant rejection, leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, multiple Myeloma-related bone disorder, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, metastatic melanoma, capage sarcoma, multiple myeloma, chronic heart disease, acute heart disease, myocardial infarction, myocardial ischemia, congestive heart failure, atheromatous Arteriosclerosis, coronary artery bypass graft (CABG), complications related to coronary artery bypass graft, acute coronary syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, hante Ngton disease, Kennedy disease, prion disease, cerebral ischemia, epilepsy, spinal muscular atrophy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, HIV-related encephalitis, traumatic brain injury, spinal cord injury, nerve caused by stroke System damage, diabetic nephropathy, acute and chronic pain, uveitis, retinal disorders, diabetic retinopathy, glaucoma, keratitis, virus-mediated disease, sepsis, septic shock, bacterial dysentery, hepatitis B A method for treating hepatitis C, hepatitis G, yellow fever, dengue fever, Japanese encephalitis, HIV infection, tuberculosis, meningitis, Pseudomonas infection, Acinetobacter infection or aging, 30. A method comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of a compound according to any one of items 1-27 or a pharmaceutical composition according to item 28.
(Item 31)
The diseases are osteoarthritis, pancreatitis, asthma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, glomerulonephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves' disease, autoimmune gastritis, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (Type I), autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, graft versus host Disease, osteoporosis, multiple myeloma-related bone disorder, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, metastatic melanoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, multiple myeloma, sepsis, septic shock, bacterial dysentery, cerebral ischemia 31. The method according to item 30, which is damage to the nervous system due to myocardial ischemia, spinal muscular atrophy, or stroke.
(Item 32)
32. The method of item 30, wherein the disease is a complication associated with coronary artery bypass grafting.
(Item 33)
A method for inhibiting a caspase-mediated function of a patient, wherein the method comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of items 1 to 27 or a pharmaceutical composition according to item 28. Administering to said patient.
(Item 34)
28. A method for reducing IGIF or IFN-γ production in a patient, wherein the method is a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of items 1 to 27 or a pharmaceutical composition according to item 28. Administering to the patient.
(Item 35)
28. A method of storing cells, the method comprising immersing the cells in a solution of a compound according to any one of items 1-27.
(Item 36)
The cells are:
a) the organ for transplantation; or
b) Blood products
36. A method according to item 35, wherein
(Item 37)
28. A method of treating cancer using immunotherapy, wherein the immunotherapy comprises a compound according to any one of items 1-27 as a component thereof.
(Item 38)
Methods for treating patient infection, dry eyes, Sjogren's syndrome, eye aging, toxic epidermal necrosis, seizures, seizure disorders, convulsions, macrophage activation syndrome, or injury, allergies, chemical irritation, or eye burns 29. A method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of items 1-27 or a pharmaceutical composition according to item 28.
(Item 39)
39. A method according to any one of items 29 to 38, wherein the method comprises the administration of an additional therapeutic agent.
(Item 40)
Formula (I):

A process for preparing
R ¹ Is R ⁶ C (O)-, HC (O)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ -, R ⁶ OC (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) C (O)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O)-;
R ² Is hydrogen, -CF ₃ , -Halo, -OR ⁷ , -NO ₂ , -OCF ₃ , -CN, or R ⁸ Is;
R ³ Is -T-R ⁹ Is;
R ⁴ Is -COOH or -COOR ⁸ Is;
R ⁵ Is -CH ₂ F or -CH ₂ O-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl;
R ⁶ Is R ^6a Or R ^6b And two R ⁶ The groups, together with the same atoms to which they are attached, optionally form a 3-10 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring; where any ring is (C6-C10 ) Aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) heterocyclyl optionally fused; wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N , N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Where R can be substituted by a group selected from ⁶ Is substituted by up to 6 substituents independently selected from R;
R ^6a And R ^6b Each independently
(C1-C3) -aliphatic-
(C4-C12) -aliphatic-
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-;
R is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, = NR ⁷ , = N (OR ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
2 R ⁷ The groups together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring as appropriate, which ring is N, N (R ⁷ ), O, S, SO, or SO ₂ Having up to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from: wherein the ring is (C6-C10) aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3 -C10) Heterocyclyl is optionally fused; where any ring is J ₂ Having up to three substituents independently selected from; or
Each R ⁷ Is:
Hydrogen-
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C6-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-, or
Independently selected from (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-; ⁷ Is J ₂ Having up to 3 substituents independently selected from
J ₂ Is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, ═N (R ⁷ ), = NO (R ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -CN, -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
R ⁸ Is
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic, or
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to three aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Can be substituted by a group selected from ⁸ Are optionally substituted with up to 6 substituents independently selected from R;
T is a direct bond or (C1-C6) aliphatic, where up to two aliphatic carbon atoms in T are in a chemically stable configuration, S, SO, SO ₂ , O, -N (R ⁷ ), Or optionally substituted by N; where each T can be optionally substituted by up to 3 R substituents;
R ⁹ Is optionally substituted (C6-C10) -aryl or (C5-C10) -heteroaryl,
The process is:
(A) Formula (III):

A compound of
Formula (IV):

Comprising reacting with a compound in the presence of coupling conditions and a solvent, wherein:
R ¹⁰ Is -NO ₂ , -C (O) OR ¹¹ , -CN, R ⁶ C (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H)-, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O) N (H)-;
R ¹¹ Are independently hydrogen, (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C3-C10) -alicyclic-, (C6-C10) -aryl-, (C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-, (C5-C10 ) -Heteroaryl, (C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C3-C10) -heterocyclyl. -(C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N ( R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Where R can be substituted by a group selected from ¹¹ Are optionally substituted with up to 6 substituents independently selected from R;
R, R ² , R ³ And R ⁶ Is as defined above;
Y is either a carbonyl group or an OH group; and R ⁴ And R ⁵ Is as defined above;
Provided that when Y is an OH group, the process further comprises (b) oxidizing the OH group to provide a compound of formula (I); and
However, R ¹⁰ -NO ₂ , -C (O) OR ¹¹ , Or -CN, the process is the -NO ₂ , -C (O) OR ¹¹ Or -CN, R ⁶ C (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H)-, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H)-, or R ⁶ A process comprising the further step of converting to OC (O) C (O) N (H)-.
(Item 41)
41. The process according to item 40, wherein the formula (III):

Compound:
here,
R ² Is hydrogen, -CF ₃ , -Halo, -OR ⁷ , -NO ₂ , -OCF ₃ , -CN, or R ⁸ Is;
R ³ Is -T-R ⁹ Is;
R ¹⁰ Is -NO ₂ , -C (O) OR ¹¹ , -CN, R ⁶ C (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H)-, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O) N (H)-;
R ⁶ Is R ^6a Or R ^6b And two R ⁶ The groups, together with the same atoms to which they are attached, optionally form a 3-10 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring; where any ring is (C6-C10 ) Aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) heterocyclyl optionally fused; wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N , N (R), S, SO, and SO ₂ Wherein each R is substituted with a group selected from ⁶ Are independently substituted with up to six substituents independently selected from R;
R ^6a And R ^6b Each independently
(C1-C3) -aliphatic-
(C4-C12) -aliphatic-
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-;
R is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, = NR ⁷ , = N (OR ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
2 R ⁷ The groups together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring as appropriate, which ring is N, N (R ⁷ ), O, S, SO, or SO ₂ Having up to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from: wherein the ring is (C6-C10) aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3 -C10) Heterocyclyl is optionally fused; where any ring is J ₂ Having up to three substituents independently selected from; or
Each R ⁷ Is:
Hydrogen-
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C6-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-, or
Independently selected from (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-; ⁷ Is J ₂ Having up to 3 substituents independently selected from
J ₂ Is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, = NR ⁷ , = N (OR ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -CN, -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
R ⁸ Is
(C1-C12) -aliphatic- (C3-C10) -alicyclic-, (C6-C10) -aryl-, (C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-, (C5-C10) -heteroaryl-, (C3 -C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, (C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12)- Aliphatic or (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to three aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Can be substituted by a group selected from ⁸ Are optionally substituted with up to 6 substituents independently selected from R;
T is a direct bond or (C1-C6) aliphatic, where up to two aliphatic carbon atoms in T are in a chemically stable configuration, S, SO, SO ₂ , O, N, or N (R ⁷ Where each T can be optionally substituted by up to 3 R substituents;
R ⁹ Is optionally substituted (C6-C10) -aryl or (C5-C10) -heteroaryl,
(C) Formula (V):

Is prepared by a process comprising reacting in a solvent in the presence of deprotection conditions,
here:
R ¹¹ Is independently hydrogen,
(C1-C12) -aliphatic- (C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein
Up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms can be attached to O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Can be substituted by a group selected from: and
R, R ² , R ³ , R ⁷ And R ¹⁰ 41. A process according to item 40, as defined above.
(Item 42)
Formula (V):

Where R is ² , R ³ , R ¹⁰ And R ¹¹ Are as defined in item 41:
(D) Formula (VI):

A compound of formula (VII):

Wherein the compound is reacted with a compound in the presence of a solvent and a base, wherein
R ² And R ¹⁰ Is as defined in item 41;
X is a suitable leaving group; and
R ³ And R ¹¹ 42. The process according to item 41, which is as defined above.
(Item 43)
Formula (VIII):

A process for preparing a compound of
here:
R ² Is -CF ₃ , -Cl, -OR ⁷ , -NO ₂ , -OCF ₃ , -CN, or R ⁸ Is;
R ³ Is -T-R ⁹ Is;
R ¹⁰ Is -NO ₂ , -C (O) OR ¹¹ , -CN, R ⁶ C (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H)-, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O) N (H)-;
R ¹¹ Is independently hydrogen,
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N (H), N (R), S, SO, and SO ₂ Where R can be substituted by a group selected from ¹¹ Are optionally substituted with up to 6 substituents independently selected from R;
R ⁶ Is R ^6a Or R ^6b And two R ⁶ The groups together with the same atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring as appropriate; where any ring is (C6-C10 ) Aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) heterocyclyl optionally fused; wherein up to 3 aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N , N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Wherein each R is substituted with a group selected from ⁶ Are independently substituted with up to six substituents independently selected from R;
R ^6a And R ^6b Each independently
(C1-C3) -aliphatic-
(C4-C12) -aliphatic-
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl (C1-C12) -aliphatic-;
R is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, = NR ⁷ , = N (OR ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
2 R ⁷ The groups together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring as appropriate, which ring is N, N (R ⁷ ), O, S, SO, or SO ₂ Having up to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from -C10) Heterocyclyl is optionally fused, where either ring is J ₂ Having up to three substituents independently selected from; or
Each R ⁷ Is:
Hydrogen-
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C6-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-, or
Independently selected from (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-; ⁷ Is J ₂ Having up to 3 substituents independently selected from
J ₂ Is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, = NR ⁷ , = N (OR ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -CN, -C (= NH) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
R ⁸ Is
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic, or
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to three aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Can be substituted by a group selected from ⁸ Are optionally substituted with up to 6 substituents independently selected from R;
T is a direct bond or (C1-C6) aliphatic, where up to two aliphatic carbon atoms in T are in a chemically stable configuration, S, SO, SO ₂ , O, N, or N (R ⁷ Where each T can be optionally substituted by up to 3 R substituents;
R ⁹ Is optionally substituted (C6-C10) -aryl or (C5-C10)-
Is heteroaryl;
The process comprises (e) Formula (IX):

With the compound
Formula (VII):

Reacting with a compound in the presence of a solvent and a base,
Where R ² And R ¹⁰ Is as defined above;
R ³ And R ¹¹ Is as defined above; and
Process wherein X is a suitable leaving group.
(Item 44)
Formula (I):

A process for preparing a compound of
here:
R ¹ Is R ⁶ C (O)-, HC (O)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ -, R ⁶ OC (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O)-, (R ⁶ ) (H) NC (O) C (O)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O)-;
R ² Is hydrogen, -CF ₃ , -Halo, -OR ⁷ , -NO ₂ , -OCF ₃ , -CN, or R ⁸ Is;
R ³ Is -T-R ⁹ Is;
R ⁴ Is -COOH or -COOR ⁸ Is;
R ⁵ Is -CH ₂ F or -CH ₂ O-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl;
R ⁶ Is R ^6a Or R ^6b And two R ⁶ The groups together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring as required; where any ring is (C6-C10) Optionally fused to aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3-C10) heterocyclyl; wherein up to three aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R), S, SO, and SO ₂ Wherein each R is substituted with a group selected from ⁶ Are independently substituted with up to six substituents independently selected from R;
R ^6a And R ^6b Each independently
(C1-C3) -aliphatic-
(C4-C12) -aliphatic-
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-;
R is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, = NR ⁷ , = N (OR ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
2 R ⁷ The groups together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 3- to 10-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring as appropriate, which ring is N, N (R ⁷ ), O, S, SO, or SO ₂ Having up to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from: wherein the ring is (C6-C10) aryl, (C5-C10) heteroaryl, (C3-C10) cycloalkyl, or (C3 -C10) Heterocyclyl is optionally fused; where any ring is J ₂ Having up to three substituents independently selected from; or
Each R ⁷ Is:
Hydrogen-
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C6-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) aliphatic-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-, or
Independently selected from (C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-; ⁷ Is J ₂ Having up to 3 substituents independently selected from
J ₂ Is halogen, -OR ⁷ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -NO ₂ , -CN, -CF ₃ , -OCF ₃ , -R ⁷ , Oxo, thioxo, = NR ⁷ , = N (OR ⁷ ), 1,2-methylenedioxy, 1,2-ethylenedioxy, —N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SR ⁷ , -SOR ⁷ , -SO ₂ R ⁷ , -SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -SO ₃ R ⁷ , -C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) OR ⁷ , -C (O) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) CH ₂ C (O) R ⁷ , -C (S) R ⁷ , -C (S) OR ⁷ , -C (O) OR ⁷ , -OC (O) R ⁷ , -C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -OC (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ ,-(CH ₂ ) _0-2 NHC (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) CON (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) SO ₂ N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) OR ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) R ⁷ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (O) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (R ⁷ ) C (S) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -N (COR ⁷ ) COR ⁷ , -N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -CN, -C (= NR ⁷ ) N (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -C (O) N (OR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -C (= NOR ⁷ ) R ⁷ , -OP (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (R ⁷ ) ₂ , -P (O) (OR ⁷ ) ₂ Or -P (O) (H) (OR ⁷ );
R ⁸ Is
(C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic-,
(C6-C10) -aryl-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl-,
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl-,
(C3-C10) -alicyclic- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-
(C6-C10) -aryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-,
(C3-C10) -heterocyclyl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic, or
(C5-C10) -heteroaryl- (C1-C12) -aliphatic-, wherein up to three aliphatic carbon atoms are O, N, N (R ⁷ ), S, SO, and SO ₂ Can be substituted by a group selected from ⁸ Are optionally substituted with up to 6 substituents independently selected from R;
T is a direct bond or (C1-C6) aliphatic, where up to two aliphatic carbon atoms in T are in a chemically stable configuration, S, SO, SO ₂ , O, N, or N (R ⁷ ) Wherein each T is optionally substituted with up to 3 R substituents;
R ⁹ Is optionally substituted (C6-C10) -aryl or (C5-C10) -heteroaryl;
The process
(A) Formula (III):

A compound of
Formula (X):

Comprising reacting with a compound in the presence of coupling conditions and a solvent, wherein:
R ¹⁰ Is -NO ₂ , -C (O) OR ¹¹ , -CN, R ⁶ C (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H)-, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H)-, or R ⁶ OC (O) C (O) N (H)-;
R ² , R ⁶ And R ¹¹ Is as defined above;
Y is either a carbonyl group or an OH group; and R ³ , R ⁴ And R ⁵ Is as defined above;
Provided that when Y is an OH group, the process further comprises (b) oxidizing the OH group to provide a compound of formula (I); and
However, R ¹⁰ -NO ₂ , -C (O) OR ¹¹ , Or -CN, the process is the -NO ₂ , -C (O) OR ¹¹ Or -CN, R ⁶ C (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ SO ₂ N (H)-, R ⁶ OC (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) N (H)-, R ⁶ C (O) C (O) N (H)-, (R ⁶ ) ₂ NC (O) C (O) N (H)-, or R ⁶ A process comprising the further step of converting to OC (O) C (O) N (H)-.

Claims (1)

Compounds described herein.